222
NFPA TECHNICAL COMMITTEE ON ELECTRONIC SAFETY EQUIPMENT March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA Tuesday, March 10, 2016 1. 9:00 a.m. Call to Order - Chairman Bob Athanas 2. Introduction of Members and Guests 3. NFPA Staff Liaison Report - Dave Trebisacci 4. Approval of Minutes Oct. 27-29, 2015 TC meeting, Colorado Springs, CO (attached) 5. Chairman’s Remarks 6. NFPA 1982 Public Input (attached), TC First Revisions 7. Review of NFPA 1802 Draft (version 1-22-2016 attached) Chapter 1 Jose Velo Chapter 2 Jose Velo Chapter 3 Tim Wolfe, Beverly Gulledge Chapter 4 Gordon Sletmoe Chapter 5 Gerry Tarver Chapter 6 Mike McKenna, Mike Worrell Chapter 7 Mike McKenna, Mike Worrell, Steve Townsend Chapter 8 John Morris, Chris Spoons 8. New Business Upcoming meetings July 12-14 Indianapolis- NFPA 1801 Second Draft December 6-8 San Diego NFPA 1982 Second Draft 10. Adjourn at close of business on Saturday, March 12, 2016.

March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

NFPA TECHNICAL COMMITTEE ON ELECTRONIC SAFETY EQUIPMENT

March 10-12, 2016

Dallas, TX

AGENDA

Tuesday, March 10, 2016

1. 9:00 a.m. Call to Order - Chairman Bob Athanas

2. Introduction of Members and Guests

3. NFPA Staff Liaison Report - Dave Trebisacci

4. Approval of Minutes – Oct. 27-29, 2015 TC meeting, Colorado Springs, CO (attached)

5. Chairman’s Remarks

6. NFPA 1982 Public Input (attached), TC First Revisions

7. Review of NFPA 1802 Draft (version 1-22-2016 attached)

• Chapter 1 – Jose Velo

• Chapter 2 – Jose Velo

• Chapter 3 – Tim Wolfe, Beverly Gulledge

• Chapter 4 – Gordon Sletmoe

• Chapter 5 – Gerry Tarver

• Chapter 6 – Mike McKenna, Mike Worrell

• Chapter 7 – Mike McKenna, Mike Worrell, Steve Townsend

• Chapter 8 – John Morris, Chris Spoons 8. New Business – Upcoming meetings

• July 12-14 – Indianapolis- NFPA 1801 Second Draft

• December 6-8 – San Diego – NFPA 1982 Second Draft 10. Adjourn at close of business on Saturday, March 12, 2016.

Page 2: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

1

Technical Committee on Electronic Safety Equipment Minutes of the Meeting

October 27-29, 2015

Colorado Springs, CO 1. Members present Robert Athanas, Chairman Chris Spoons, Secretary Dave Trebisacci, Staff Liaison

Kamil Agi Joel Berger Todd Bianchi Matt Bowyer Lou Chavez Michelle Donnelly John Facella William Forsyth Beverly Gulledge Zachary Haase Jeff Helvin Michael Hussey Jack Jarboe Richard Katz Santiago Lasa David Little Steven Makky

Brian Martens Chad Morey Jorge Piovesan Michael McKenna Tim Rehak Kate Remley James Rose Matthew Shannon Gordon Sletmoe Gerry Tarver Steve Townsend Bruce Varner Jose Velo Gregory Vrablik Steven Weinstein Tim Wolfe

Guests present: Christian Barker E. F. Johnson Jeffrey Cook Houston Fire Department Scott Glazer Icom America Like Hollmann UltraElectronics – USSId Chuck Jaris Motorola Solutions Joel Johnson Savox Communications Bob Keys FDNY Consulting Galen Koepke NIST Barry Leitch Firstnet Kevin Lentz Grace Industries Clint Mayhue Avon Protection Systems Judge Morgan Scott Safety Dennis Mull UltraElectronics – USSI Joe Namm Motorola Jacob Norrby Interspiro Todd Perdieu Harris Corp.

Page 3: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

2

Audrey Puls NIST John Rehayem OTTO Marcus Romba Draeger Safety Christopher Sampl Fairfax County FD Bob Sell Draeger Safety Mike Swofford Interspiro Marco Tekelenburg MSA Safety Mark Tesh Harris Corp. Darin Thompson Scott Safety Mike Worrell FirstNet Bill Young NIST Chris Yttri OTTO 1. Chairman Athanas called the Committee to order at 9 a.m. on October 27, 2015. 2. Chairman Athanas welcomed Committee members and guests and asked them to introduce themselves. 3. Staff Liaison David Trebisacci provided the SL report and asked attendees to sign in on the appropriate Member or Guest sign-in sheet. 4. The minutes of the July 21-23, 2015 meeting in Sacramento were approved. 5. Chairman Athanas welcomed all members and guests to Colorado Springs. He then reminded committee members of the importance of attending meetings and returning ballots, the goal of having an alternated for each principal member, task group work remaining to be done and the scheduling of task group meetings. 6. Chairman Athanas provided Information on the upcoming revision to the PASS standard, NFPA 1982. 7. Chairman Athanas reviewed the NFPA 1802 land-mobile radio standard task group assignments as follows:

RF PASS TG – Kate Remley and Bill Young Intrinsic Safety – Steve Townsend Speech Intelligibility PESQ Testing – Mike McKenna, Brian Martens Ambassadors – Steve Townsend (IAB) Mike Worrell (IAFF, FirstNet) John Oblak (TIA) John Facella (IAFC, NFPA 1221) Steve Makky (APCO)

Updates and presentations were provided as follows: ESMCP and hand held radios in the UK FRS (Note: Mike Worrell for Julian Hilditch)

Page 4: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

3

8. NFPA 1802 task groups met in break-out sessions, then provided summary reports on their assigned chapters as follows: Chapter 1 – Jose Velo Chapter 2 – Jose Velo Chapter 3 – Tim Wolfe, Beverly Gulledge Chapter 4 – Gordon Sletmoe Chapter 5 – Gerry Tarver Chapter 6 – Mike McKenna, Mike Worrell i – wired platform connector ii – wireless platform Chapter 7 – Mike McKenna, Mike Worrell, Steve Townsend Chapter 8 – John Morris, Chris Spoons Staff Liaison Dave Trebisacci asked that the task groups forward any final edits to him by December 1, 2015. A revised up-to-date draft will then be forwarded to the technical committee by mid-December and distributed for final comments. 9. Under new business, a task group was appointed to look into possible audibility issues with NFPA 1982 compliant PASS devices. This task group includes the following representatives from all the PASS manufacturers who were present at the meeting and may also include additional technical personnel as necessary. The task group will conduct research, meet by conference call and provide Public Input to NFPA 1982 for the technical committee’s review at the March meeting. Task Group on PASS Audibility Bob Athanas, Craig Gestler (co-Chairs) Michelle Donnelly Rick Katz Steve Sanders Clint Mayhue Chad Morey Steve Weinstein John Morris Kevin Lentz Mike Swofford Simon Hogg Judge Morgan Bob Campman Matt Shannon Jack Campman Jack Jarboe Bob Sell Jim Rose A recap of the work remaining to be done on NFPA 1802 was reviewed. The next meeting (NFPA 1982 First Draft) was tentatively scheduled for March 10-12, 2015. [Note: a meeting notice was distributed for Dallas, TX on November 24. Please see www.nfpa.org/1982 for complete details]. Future meeting sites were discussed, including June 22-24 or July 12-14, 2016 in Indianapolis, and December 6-8, 2016 in San Diego, CA. 10. The meeting was adjourned at the close of business on Thursday, October 29, 2015.

Page 5: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 99-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 1.1.3 ]

1.1.3

This standard shall not specify requirements for any manufactured to previous editions of this standard

To enable servicing, repair and updating of PASS and RF-PASS certified to earlier editions of thisstandard with parts, components and software certified to this edition of the standard, this edition of thestandard may also be used to the specify the minimum requirements for the design, performance, testingand certification of those replacement parts, components, and software as part of an earlier PASS andRF-PASS certification .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It is often desired by end users and owners of PASS and RF-PASS certified to earlier editions of this standard to receive updated parts, components and software that have been certified to the latest edition of this standard. To allow this in an open manner and to optimize the approval application process, this clause has been added such that the latest revision of the standard will be used for the certification of the new parts to certify their use on earlier edition PASS devices. Example: New firmware for sound to be installed into the processor of earlier PASS devices so that they can be updated accordingly. For this to occur, the latest edition of the standard is to be used for the testing and modification to the previous certification.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 101-NFPA 1982-2016 [Section No. 4.2.8.1]

Public Input No. 100-NFPA 1982-2016 [Section No. 1.3.1]

Public Input No. 103-NFPA 1982-2016 [New Section after A.1.1.2]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Simon Hogg

Organization: Draeger Safety UK Ltd.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jan 06 16:10:55 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

1 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 6: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 100-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 1.3.1 ]

1.3.1

This standard shall not apply to any PASS manufactured to previous editions of this standard

This standard shall also apply to the specification of the minimum requirements for the design,performance, testing and certification of replacement parts, components, and software as part of an earlierPASS and RF-PASS certification .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It is often desired by end users and owners of PASS and RF-PASS certified to earlier editions of this standard to receive updated parts, components and software that have been certified to the latest edition of this standard. To allow this in an open manner and to optimize the approval application process, this clause has been added such that the latest revision of the standard will be used for the certification of the new parts to certify their use on earlier edition PASS devices. Example: New firmware for sound to be installed into the processor of earlier PASS devices so that they can be updated accordingly. For this to occur, the latest edition of the standard is to be used for the testing and modification to the previous certification.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 99-NFPA 1982-2016 [Section No. 1.1.3]

Public Input No. 101-NFPA 1982-2016 [Section No. 4.2.8.1]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Simon Hogg

Organization: Draeger Safety UK Ltd.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jan 06 16:19:17 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

2 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 7: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 1-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Chapter 2 ]

Chapter 2 Referenced Publications

2.1 General.

The documents or portions thereof listed in this chapter are referenced within this standard and shall beconsidered part of the requirements of this document.

2.2 NFPA Publications.

National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NFPA 1500, Standard on Fire Department Occupational Safety and Health Program, 2013 edition.

NFPA 1971, Standard on Protective Ensembles for Structural Fire Fighting and Proximity Fire Fighting,2013 edition.

NFPA 1981, Standard on Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) for EmergencyServices, 2013 edition.

2.3 Other Publications.

2.3.1 ANSI Publications.

American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

ANSI/ UL 913, Standard for Intrinsically Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in Class I, II, III,Division 1, Hazardous (Classified) Locations, Sixth 8th edition , 2013, revised 2015 .

ANSI B46.1, Surface Texture, 1978. (Superseded by ASME B46.1, Surface Texture (SurfaceRoughness, Waviness & Lay), 2009).

ANSI/ASA S1.13, Methods for Measurement of Sound Pressure Level® In Air , 2005, reaffirmed 2010 .

ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME Y14.38,Abbreviations And Acronyms For Use On Drawings And Related Documents, 2007, reaffirmed2013).

ANSI Y14.SM, Dimensioning and Tolerancing, 1982. (Superseded by ASME Y14.5).

2.3.2 ASTM Publication.

ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

ASTM B 117 B117 , Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus, 2003 2011 .

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

3 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 8: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

2.3.3 ISO Publications.

International Organization for Standardization, 1, rue de Varembé, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneve 20,ISO Central Secretariat, BIBC II, 8, Chemin de Blandonnet, CP 401, 1214 Vernier, Geneva,Switzerland .

ISO 9001, Quality management systems — Requirements, 2000 2015 .

ISO/IEC 17011, Conformity assessment — General requirements for accreditation bodies accreditingconformity assessment bodies, 2004.

ISO/IEC 17021-1 , Conformity assessment — Requirements for bodies providing audit and certification ofmanagement systems, 2006 2011 .

ISO/IEC 17025, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories, 2005,Technical Corrigendum 1, 2006 .

ISO 17493, Clothing and equipment for protection against heat — Test method for convective heatresistance using a hot air circulating oven, 2000.

ISO Guide 27, Guidelines for corrective action to be taken by a certification body in the event of misuse ofits mark of conformity, 1983.

ISO Guide 62, General requirements for bodies operating assessment and certification/registration ofquality systems, 1996. (Superseded by ISO/IEC 17021-1)

ISO/IEC Guide 65, General requirements for bodies operating product certification systems, 1996.(Superseded by ISO/IEC 17065)

ISO/IEC 17065, Conformity Assessment - Requirements for Bodies Certifiying Products,Processes, and Services, 2012.

2.3.4 U.S. Government Publications.

U.S. Government Printing Government Publishing Office, 732 North Capitol Street, NW, WashingtonDC , DC 20402 20401-0001 .

Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, Subchapter A, General, Telecommunications, Chapter I, FederalCommunications Commission, Part 15, Radio Frequency Devices.

2.3.5 Other Publications.

Merriam-Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th edition, Merriam-Webster, Inc., Springfield, MA, 2003.

2.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections. (Reserved)

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Referenced current SDO names, addresses, standard names, numbers, and editions.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 2-NFPA 1982-2015 [Chapter D]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Aaron Adamczyk

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Jun 19 04:21:08 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

4 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 9: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 9-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 2.3.3 ]

2.3.3 ISO Publications.

International Organization for Standardization, 1, rue de Varembé, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneve 20,Switzerland.

ISO 9001, Quality management systems — Requirements, 2000.

ISO/IEC 17011, Conformity assessment — General requirements for accreditation bodies accreditingconformity assessment bodies, 2004.

ISO/IEC 17021, Conformity assessment — Requirements for bodies providing audit and certification ofmanagement systems, 2006.

ISO/IEC 17025, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories, 2005.

ISO 17493, Clothing and equipment for protection against heat — Test method for convective heatresistance using a hot air circulating oven, 2000.

ISO Guide 27, Guidelines for corrective action to be taken by a certification body in the event of misuse ofits mark of conformity, 1983.

ISO Guide 62, General requirements for bodies operating assessment and certification/registration ofquality systems, 1996.

ISO/IEC Guide 65 17065 , General requirements for bodies operating product certification systems, 1996.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Update reference document to current document number

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 14 22:29:47 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

5 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 10: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 5-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 3.3.1.2 ]

3.3.1.2 Loss-of-Signal Alarm.

An audible or A visual signal that is initiated automatically when the RF communication between a basestation and RF PASS is lost. The loss-of-signal alarm warns emergency services personnel that their RFPASS is no longer in radio communication with the base station.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Firefighters advised that having an audible alarm for out of range would be a distraction from the other "more urgent" alarms, and hence requested to change the wording to indicate a visual alarm only for out of range. There was discussion about an optional audible out of range alarm that could be muted, but that was also struck as indicated by log #20 (1982-23 Log #20 FAE-ELS) The log was accepted in principal and implemented for 6.4.5.1 and 6.4.5.2 (the audible requirement was removed). The reference to the audible alarm should have also been removed from the definition in 3.3.1.2 (this comment) and corrected in 8.2.5.5 (another comment submitted).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Craig Gestler

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 02 15:21:46 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

6 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 11: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 12-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 3.3.14.2.1 ]

3.3.14.2.1 Base Station.

An RF transceiver used in conjunction with an RF PASS that monitors for an alarm signal and emits anaudible and a visual signal when this alarm is received. The base station is capable of sending anevacuation alarm to the RF PASS.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It was our understanding that the committee intended to delete the audible alarm requirement for base stations. See committee action to logs 20 &21 of the ROC

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 14 22:42:15 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

7 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 12: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 10-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 4.1.3 ]

4.1.3

All certification shall be performed by a certification organization that meets at least the requirementsspecified (PPE) in Section 4.2, Certification Program, and that is accredited for personal protectiveequipment (PPE) in accordance with ISO/IEC Guide 65 17065 , General requirements for bodies operatingproduct certification systems. The accreditation shall be issued by an accreditation body operating inaccordance with ISO/IEC 17011, Conformity assessment — General requirements for accreditation bodiesaccrediting conformity assessment bodies.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Updates document number to current document number

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 14 22:37:35 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

8 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 13: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 92-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 4.1.8 ]

4.1.8

The certification organization shall not permit any manufacturer to label any PASS as compliant with the2007 edition of this standard on or after August 31 February 28 , 2013 2014 .

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

TIA1982-13-1_-_TIA1982-13-1.pdf NFPA 1982 TIA Log No. 1112

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Note: This public input originates from Tentative Interim Amendment No. 1982-13-1, Log 1112 issued by the Standards Councils on August 26, 2013 and per the NFPA Regs., needs to be reconsidered by the Technical Committee for the next edition of the Document.

Submitter's Substantiation: This TIA is related to a simila r TIA being submitted to NFPA 1981 . The testing and certification of an integrated PASS device is directly related to the testing and certification of the SCBA. The submitters emphasize the importance of the two documents continuing to have the same compliance dates.

The purpose of this TI A is to update on the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (N IOSH) testing ofCBRN SCBAs. Some unanticipated delays have the potential to negatively impact the timeliness of completion ofN IOSH SCBA approvals. These delays could in turn impact approvals and certification ofSCBAs by the releva nt certification organi zation (SEI) to the NFPA 1981 standard, 2013 edition. That standard states in paragraph 4.1 .11 that "The certification organizations shall not permit any manufacturer to l abel any SCBA as compliant with the 2007 edition of this standard on or after 31 August 2013, except when replacement labels or replacement components that bear the certification orga nization's label are required." The presumption in the Technical Committee choosing t his date was that it would provide sufficient time for manufacturers' new designs to have successfu lly completed the evaluations for the certification authorities to be able to issue certifications for compl iance to the N IOSH and NFPA standards by that date.

Emergency Nature: NI OSH testing to the Statement of Sta ndard for Sel f Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) with Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) Protection used to Protect Emergency Responders Against CBRN Agents in Terrorist Attacks in conjunction with the National Fi re Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 1981 for Open-Circuit Sel f-Contained Breathing Apparatus for Fi re Fighters contain three interlocked activities. One is NIOSH certification under 42 CFR Part 84, Subpart H; two is compliance with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 1981 for Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breathing Appa ratus for Fire Fighters, current edition; and three is special tests under N IOSH 42 CFR 84.63(c): Chemical Agent Permeation and Penetration Resista nce Against Distilled Su lfur Mustard (HD) and Sarin (GB), performed by The U S Army Edgewood Chemical Biological Center (ECBC) Testing Center and Laboratory Respirator Protection Level (LRPL), performed by NPPTL. To minimizethe total time for CBRN approvals, NIOSH and SE I have a simu ltaneous test and approval protocol.

The National Personal Protective Technology Laboratory (NPPTL) has allocated its resources provide for the completion of all 9 interna lly-conducted tests, evaluations and issuance of approvals for SCBA manufacturer applications submitted prior to I June 2013 by September I '1 SEI has also allocated resources to provide for completion of the NFPA 1981 compliance testing for a pparatus received by the sa me date.

However, the availabi lity ofECBC testing resou rces to complete the HD and GB testing has been negatively impacted by the Federal Government Budget Sequestration. Consequently, delays are anticipated. Representatives from NPPTL and ECBC are working closely to develop a projected testing schedule.

A delay past the August 31 st date poses a significant impact on fire departments or first responder organizations that planned 4th quarter of 2013 purchases or need an emergency purchase of compliant SCBA with integrated

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

9 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 14: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

PASS. These organizations may not have access to the manufacturer of their current inventory SCBA, posing the dilemma of purchasing another manufacturers product or foregoing purchase until compliant product is available. Either of these approaches wi ll impact firefighter safety, by requiring additional training and creating a mixed inventory of SCBA with compromised interoperability of SCBA units. Departments may be faced with either an inadequate number of compliant SCBAs for operations or sending responders into a hazardous situation with safety equipment that is no longer compliant with NFPA 1981. Additionally, there is concern that without this compliance date extension, prod ucts compliant to the 2007 edition ofNFPA 1981 will no longer be availabl e after August 3 1, 2013.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: TC on FAE-ELS

Organization: NFPA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jan 05 15:09:02 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

10 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 15: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Tentative Interim Amendment

NFPA® 1982 Standard on Personal Alert Safety Systems (PASS)

2013 Edition Reference: 4.1.8 and 4.1.9 TIA 13-1 (SC 13-8-25/TIA Log #1112) Pursuant to Section 5 of the NFPA Regulations Governing the Development of NFPA Standards, the National Fire Protection Association has issued the following Tentative Interim Amendment to NFPA 1981, Standard on Personal Alert Safety Systems (PASS), 2013 edition. The TIA was processed by the Technical Committee on Electronic Safety Equipment and the Correlating Committee on Fire and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment, and was issued by the Standards Council on August 26, 2013, with an effective date of September 15, 2013. A Tentative Interim Amendment is tentative because it has not been processed through the entire standards-making procedures. It is interim because it is effective only between editions of the standard. A TIA automatically becomes a public input of the proponent for the next edition of the standard; as such, it then is subject to all of the procedures of the standards-making process. 1. Revise 4.1.8 and 4.1.9 to read as follows: 4.1.8 The certification organization shall not permit any manufacturer to label any PASS as compliant with the 2007 edition of this standard on or after February 28, 2014. 4.1.9 The certification organization shall require manufacturers to remove all certification labels and product labels indicating compliance with the 2007 edition of this standard from all PASS that are under the control of the manufacturer on February 28, 2014. The certification organization shall verify this action is taken. Issue Date: August 26, 2013 Effective Date: September 15, 2013

(Note: For further information on NFPA Codes and Standards, please see http://www.nfpa.org/docinfolist) Copyright © 2013 All Rights Reserved

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION

Page 16: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 93-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 4.1.9 ]

4.1.9

The certification organization shall require manufacturers to remove all certification labels and productlabels indicating compliance with the 2007 edition of this standard from all PASS that are under the controlof the manufacturer on August 31 February 28 , 2013 2014 . The certification organization shall verify thisaction is taken.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

TIA1982-13-1_-_TIA1982-13-1.pdf NFPA 1982 13-1 TIA Log No. 1112

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Note: This public input originates from Tentative Interim Amendment No 1982-13-1, Log No. 1112 issued by the Standards Council on August 26, 2013 and per the NFPA Regs., needs to be reconsidered by the Technical Committee for the next edition of the Document.

Submitter's Substantiation: This TIA is related to a simila r TIA being submitted to NFPA 1981 . The testing and certification of an integrated PASS device is directly related to the testing and certification of the SCBA. The submitters emphasize the importance of the two documents continuing to have the same compliance dates.

The purpose of this TI A is to update on the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (N IOSH) testing ofCBRN SCBAs. Some unanticipated delays have the potential to negatively impact the timeliness of completion ofN IOSH SCBA approvals. These delays could in turn impact approvals and certification ofSCBAs by the releva nt certification organi zation (SEI) to the NFPA 1981 standard, 2013 edition. That standard states in paragraph 4.1 .11 that "The certification organizations shall not permit any manufacturer to l abel any SCBA as compliant with the 2007 edition of this standard on or after 31 August 2013, except when replacement labels or replacement components that bear the certification orga nization's label are required." The presumption in the Technical Committee choosing t his date was that it would provide sufficient time for manufacturers' new designs to have successfu lly completed the evaluations for the certification authorities to be able to issue certifications for compl iance to the N IOSH and NFPA standards by that date.

Emergency Nature: NI OSH testing to the Statement of Sta ndard for Sel f Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) with Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) Protection used to Protect Emergency Responders Against CBRN Agents in Terrorist Attacks in conjunction with the National Fi re Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 1981 for Open-Circuit Sel f-Contained Breathing Apparatus for Fi re Fighters contain three interlocked activities. One is NIOSH certification under 42 CFR Part 84, Subpart H; two is compliance with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 1981 for Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breathing Appa ratus for Fire Fighters, current edition; and three is special tests under N IOSH 42 CFR 84.63(c): Chemical Agent Permeation and Penetration Resista nce Against Distilled Su lfur Mustard (HD) and Sarin (GB), performed by The U S Army Edgewood Chemical Biological Center (ECBC) Testing Center and Laboratory Respirator Protection Level (LRPL), performed by NPPTL. To minimizethe total time for CBRN approvals, NIOSH and SE I have a simu ltaneous test and approval protocol.

The National Personal Protective Technology Laboratory (NPPTL) has allocated its resources provide for the completion of all 9 interna lly-conducted tests, evaluations and issuance of approvals for SCBA manufacturer applications submitted prior to I June 2013 by September I '1 SEI has also allocated resources to provide for completion of the NFPA 1981 compliance testing for a pparatus received by the sa me date.

However, the availabi lity ofECBC testing resou rces to complete the HD and GB testing has been negatively impacted by the Federal Government Budget Sequestration. Consequently, delays are anticipated. Representatives from NPPTL and ECBC are working closely to develop a projected testing schedule.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

11 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 17: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

A delay past the August 31 st date poses a significant impact on fire departments or first responder organizations that planned 4th quarter of 2013 purchases or need an emergency purchase of compliant SCBA with integrated PASS. These organizations may not have access to the manufacturer of their current inventory SCBA, posing the dilemma of purchasing another manufacturers product or foregoing purchase until compliant product is available. Either of these approaches wi ll impact firefighter safety, by requiring additional training and creating a mixed inventory of SCBA with compromised interoperability of SCBA units. Departments may be faced with either an inadequate number of compliant SCBAs for operations or sending responders into a hazardous situation with safety equipment that is no longer compliant with NFPA 1981. Additionally, there is concern that without this compliance date extension, prod ucts compliant to the 2007 edition ofNFPA 1981 will no longer be availabl e after August 3 1, 2013.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: TC on FAE-ELS

Organization: NFPA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jan 05 15:14:55 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

12 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 18: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Tentative Interim Amendment

NFPA® 1982 Standard on Personal Alert Safety Systems (PASS)

2013 Edition Reference: 4.1.8 and 4.1.9 TIA 13-1 (SC 13-8-25/TIA Log #1112) Pursuant to Section 5 of the NFPA Regulations Governing the Development of NFPA Standards, the National Fire Protection Association has issued the following Tentative Interim Amendment to NFPA 1981, Standard on Personal Alert Safety Systems (PASS), 2013 edition. The TIA was processed by the Technical Committee on Electronic Safety Equipment and the Correlating Committee on Fire and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment, and was issued by the Standards Council on August 26, 2013, with an effective date of September 15, 2013. A Tentative Interim Amendment is tentative because it has not been processed through the entire standards-making procedures. It is interim because it is effective only between editions of the standard. A TIA automatically becomes a public input of the proponent for the next edition of the standard; as such, it then is subject to all of the procedures of the standards-making process. 1. Revise 4.1.8 and 4.1.9 to read as follows: 4.1.8 The certification organization shall not permit any manufacturer to label any PASS as compliant with the 2007 edition of this standard on or after February 28, 2014. 4.1.9 The certification organization shall require manufacturers to remove all certification labels and product labels indicating compliance with the 2007 edition of this standard from all PASS that are under the control of the manufacturer on February 28, 2014. The certification organization shall verify this action is taken. Issue Date: August 26, 2013 Effective Date: September 15, 2013

(Note: For further information on NFPA Codes and Standards, please see http://www.nfpa.org/docinfolist) Copyright © 2013 All Rights Reserved

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION

Page 19: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 11-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 4.2.3 ]

4.2.3

The certification organization shall be accredited for PPE in accordance with ISO/IEC Guide 65 17065 ,General requirements for bodies operating product certification systems. The accreditation shall be issuedby an accreditation body operating in accordance with ISO/IEC 17011, Conformity assessment — Generalrequirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity assessment bodies.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Updates document number to current document number

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 14 22:39:12 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

13 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 20: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 101-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 4.2.8.1 ]

4.2.8.1

The certification organization and the manufacturers shall evaluate replacement parts,components

,

and software to determine any changes affecting the form, fit or function for PASS or RF-PASScertified to

the 2007 edition of NFPA 1982 to permit revisions to the original certification

earlier editions of this standard to permit modifications to the earlier certification to acceptreplacement parts, components and software certified as compliant to this edition of the standardto be used on these earlier PASS or RF-PASS .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It is often desired by end users and owners of PASS and RF-PASS certified to earlier editions of this standard to receive updated parts, components and software that have been certified to the latest edition of this standard. To allow this in an open manner and to optimize the approval application process, this clause has been added such that the latest revision of the standard will be used for the certification of the new parts to certify their use on earlier edition PASS devices. Example: New firmware for sound to be installed into the processor of earlier PASS devices so that they can be updated accordingly. For this to occur, the latest edition of the standard is to be used for the testing and modification to the previous certification.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 99-NFPA 1982-2016 [Section No. 1.1.3]

Public Input No. 100-NFPA 1982-2016 [Section No. 1.3.1]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Simon Hogg

Organization: Draeger Safety UK Ltd.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jan 06 16:22:35 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

14 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 21: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 88-NFPA 1982-2016 [ New Section after 4.3.9 ]

4.3.9.3 The RF Multipath test shall be performed with the RF PASS and base station connected togetheras specified in Section 8.22, Radio System Tests for RF PASS—RF Multipath Test.

4.3.9.4 The RF Multi-Hop test shall be performed with the RF PASS and base station set up as specified inSection 8.23, Radio System Tests for RF PASS—RF Multi-Hop Test.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This text supports the introduction of new test methods for multipath and multi-hop operation. Currently, no standardized methods exist to test the operation of RF-based PASS systems in highly reflective environments such as factories or refineries. The rationale for developing the Multipath test method is to fill this gap. Currently, no standardized methods exist to test the operation of RF-based PASS systems that utilize repeaters. The rationale for developing the Multi-Hop test method is to fill this gap.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Affilliation: NFPA ESE Committee's Ad Hoc Committee on RF PASS

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jan 05 11:14:41 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

15 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 22: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 13-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 4.3.10 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

16 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 23: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

PASS shall be tested for initial certification to this edition of NFPA 1982 and shall meet the performancerequirements of the test series specified in the test matrix in Table 4.3.10(a) and Table 4.3.10(b) asapplicable, for the type of PASS being certified.

Table 4.3.10(a) Test Matrix for Stand-Alone PASS and Removable Integrated PASS

Test

Order

Specimens

1–3

Specimens

4–6

Specimens

7–9

Specimens

10–12

Specimens

13–15

Specimens

16–18

Specimens

19–21

1

Soundpressure(Section 8.2),specimens1–3

Shocksensitivity(Section 8.7),specimens4–6

Electronictemperaturestress —elevated(8.3.5),specimens7–9

Waterdrainage(Section 8.11),specimens10–12

Case integrity(Section 8.6),specimens13–15

Vibration test(Section 8.9),specimens16–18

Tumblevibration(Section 8.17),specimens19–21

Sf(&s2

2

Alarm signalmuffle(Section 8.18),specimens1–3

Impactacceleration— ambient(Section 8.8),specimen 4

Electronictemperaturestress — low(8.3.6),specimens7–9

Corrosion(Section 8.4),specimens10–12

Retentionsystem(Section 8.10),specimens13–15

Point-to-pointRFattenuationtest(Section 8.19),specimens19–21

3

Impactacceleration— cold(Section 8.8),specimen 5

Electronictemperaturestress —shock (8.3.7),specimens7–9

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens10–12

Hightemperaturefunctionality(Section 8.12),specimens13–15

Loss-of-signalalarm test(Section 8.20),specimens19–21

4

Heat/flametest 1(8.13.5.8),specimen 1

Impactacceleration— elevated(Section 8.8),specimen 6

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

RFinterferencetest(Section 8.21),specimens19–21

5

Heat/flametest 2(8.13.5.9),specimen 2

Heat andimmersionleakage(Section 8.5),specimens7–9

6

Heat/flametest 3(8.13.5.10),specimen 3

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

Table 4.3.10(b) Test Matrix for Nonremovable Integrated PASS

Test

Order

Specimens

1–3

Specimens

4–6

Specimens

7–9

Specimens

10–12

Specimens

13–15

Specimens

16–18

Specimens

19–21

1

Soundpressure(Section 8.2),specimens1–3

Shocksensitivity(Section 8.7),specimens4–6

Electronictemperaturestress —elevated(8.3.5),specimens7–9

Waterdrainage(Section 8.11),specimens10–12

Case integrity(Section 8.6),specimens13–15

Tumblevibration(Section 8.17),specimens16–18

Signalfrequencies(Section 8.14),specimens19–21

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

17 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 24: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Test

Order

Specimens

1–3

Specimens

4–6

Specimens

7–9

Specimens

10–12

Specimens

13–15

Specimens

16–18

Specimens

19–21

2

Alarm signalmuffle(Section 8.18),specimens1–3

Vibration test(Section 8.9),specimens4–6

Electronictemperaturestress — low(8.3.6),specimens7–9

Corrosion(Section 8.4),specimens10–12

Hightemperaturefunctionality(Section 8.12),specimens13–15

Point-to-pointRFattenuationtest(Section 8.19),specimens16–18

3

Electronictemperaturestress —shock (8.3.7,specimens7–9

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens10–12

Loss-of-signalalarm test(Section 8.20),specimens16–18

4

Heat/flametest 1(8.13.5.8),specimen 1

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

RFinterferencetest(Section 8.21),specimens16–18

5

Heat/flametest 2(8.13.5.9),specimen 2

Heat andimmersionleakage(Section 8.5),specimens7–9

6

Heat/flametest 3(8.13.5.10),specimen 3

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

There is no reference to Section 8.15 present in Table 4.3.10 (a). The corrected wording adds the necessary reference.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 14 22:46:51 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

18 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 25: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 14-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 4.3.10 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

19 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 26: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

PASS shall be tested for initial certification to this edition of NFPA 1982 and shall meet the performancerequirements of the test series specified in the test matrix in Table 4.3.10(a) and Table 4.3.10(b) asapplicable, for the type of PASS being certified.

Table 4.3.10(a) Test Matrix for Stand-Alone PASS and Removable Integrated PASS

Test

Order

Specimens

1–3

Specimens

4–6

Specimens

7–9

Specimens

10–12

Specimens

13–15

Specimens

16–18

Specimens

19–21

1

Soundpressure(Section 8.2),specimens1–3

Shocksensitivity(Section 8.7),specimens4–6

Electronictemperaturestress —elevated(8.3.5),specimens7–9

Waterdrainage(Section 8.11),specimens10–12

Case integrity(Section 8.6),specimens13–15

Vibration test(Section 8.9),specimens16–18

Tumblevibration(Section 8.17),specimens19–21

Sf(s2

2

Alarm signalmuffle(Section 8.18),specimens1–3

Impactacceleration— ambient(Section 8.8),specimen 4

Electronictemperaturestress — low(8.3.6),specimens7–9

Corrosion(Section 8.4),specimens10–12

Retentionsystem(Section 8.10),specimens13–15

Point-to-pointRFattenuationtest(Section 8.19),specimens19–21

3

Impactacceleration— cold(Section 8.8),specimen 5

Electronictemperaturestress —shock (8.3.7),specimens7–9

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens10–12

Hightemperaturefunctionality(Section 8.12),specimens13–15

Loss-of-signalalarm test(Section 8.20),specimens19–21

4

Heat/flametest 1(8.13.5.8),specimen 1

Impactacceleration— elevated(Section 8.8),specimen 6

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

RFinterferencetest(Section 8.21),specimens19–21

5

Heat/flametest 2(8.13.5.9),specimen 2

Heat andimmersionleakage(Section 8.5),specimens7–9

6

Heat/flametest 3(8.13.5.10),specimen 3

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

Table 4.3.10(b) Test Matrix for Nonremovable Integrated PASS

Test

Order

Specimens

1–3

Specimens

4–6

Specimens

7–9

Specimens

10–12

Specimens

13–15

Specimens

16–18

Specimens

19–21

1

Soundpressure(Section 8.2),specimens1–3

Shocksensitivity(Section 8.7),specimens4–6

Electronictemperaturestress —elevated(8.3.5),specimens7–9

Waterdrainage(Section 8.11),specimens10–12

Case integrity(Section 8.6),specimens13–15

Tumblevibration(Section 8.17),specimens16–18

Signalfrequencies(Section 8.14& 8.15 ),specimens19–21

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

20 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 27: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Test

Order

Specimens

1–3

Specimens

4–6

Specimens

7–9

Specimens

10–12

Specimens

13–15

Specimens

16–18

Specimens

19–21

2

Alarm signalmuffle(Section 8.18),specimens1–3

Vibration test(Section 8.9),specimens4–6

Electronictemperaturestress — low(8.3.6),specimens7–9

Corrosion(Section 8.4),specimens10–12

Hightemperaturefunctionality(Section 8.12),specimens13–15

Point-to-pointRFattenuationtest(Section 8.19),specimens16–18

3

Electronictemperaturestress —shock (8.3.7,specimens7–9

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens10–12

Loss-of-signalalarm test(Section 8.20),specimens16–18

4

Heat/flametest 1(8.13.5.8),specimen 1

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

RFinterferencetest(Section 8.21),specimens16–18

5

Heat/flametest 2(8.13.5.9),specimen 2

Heat andimmersionleakage(Section 8.5),specimens7–9

6

Heat/flametest 3(8.13.5.10),specimen 3

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

There is no reference to Section 8.15 present in Table 4.3.10 (b). The corrected wording adds the necessary reference.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 14 22:49:03 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

21 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 28: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 89-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 4.3.10 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

22 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 29: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

PASS shall be tested for initial certification to this edition of NFPA 1982 and shall meet the performancerequirements of the test series specified in the test matrix in Table 4.3.10(a) and Table 4.3.10(b) asapplicable, for the type of PASS being certified.

Table 4.3.10(a) Test Matrix for Stand-Alone PASS and Removable Integrated PASS

Test

Order

Specimens

1–3

Specimens

4–6

Specimens

7–9

Specimens

10–12

Specimens

13–15

Specimens

16–18

Specimens

19–21

1

Soundpressure(Section 8.2),specimens1–3

Shocksensitivity(Section 8.7),specimens4–6

Electronictemperaturestress —elevated(8.3.5),specimens7–9

Waterdrainage(Section 8.11),specimens10–12

Case integrity(Section 8.6),specimens13–15

Vibration test(Section 8.9),specimens16–18

Tumblevibration(Section 8.17),specimens19–21

Sf(s2

2

Alarm signalmuffle(Section 8.18),specimens1–3

Impactacceleration— ambient(Section 8.8),specimen 4

Electronictemperaturestress — low(8.3.6),specimens7–9

Corrosion(Section 8.4),specimens10–12

Retentionsystem(Section 8.10),specimens13–15

Point-to-pointRFattenuationtest(Section 8.19),specimens19–21

3

Impactacceleration— cold(Section 8.8),specimen 5

Electronictemperaturestress —shock (8.3.7),specimens7–9

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens10–12

Hightemperaturefunctionality(Section 8.12),specimens13–15

Loss-of-signalalarm test(Section 8.20),specimens19–21

4

Heat/flametest 1(8.13.5.8),specimen 1

Impactacceleration— elevated(Section 8.8),specimen 6

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

RFinterferencetest(Section 8.21),specimens19–21

5

Heat/flametest 2(8.13.5.9),specimen 2

Heat andimmersionleakage(Section 8.5),specimens7–9

RF Multipathtest (Section8.22),specimens19-21

6

Heat/flametest 3(8.13.5.10),specimen 3

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

RF Multi-Hoptest (Section8.23),specimens19-21

Table 4.3.10(b) Test Matrix for Nonremovable Integrated PASS

Test

Order

Specimens

1–3

Specimens

4–6

Specimens

7–9

Specimens

10–12

Specimens

13–15

Specimens

16–18

Specimens

19–21

1

Soundpressure(Section 8.2),specimens1–3

Shocksensitivity(Section 8.7),specimens4–6

Electronictemperaturestress —elevated(8.3.5),specimens7–9

Waterdrainage(Section 8.11),specimens10–12

Case integrity(Section 8.6),specimens13–15

Tumblevibration(Section 8.17),specimens16–18

Signalfrequencies(Section 8.14),specimens19–21

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

23 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 30: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Test

Order

Specimens

1–3

Specimens

4–6

Specimens

7–9

Specimens

10–12

Specimens

13–15

Specimens

16–18

Specimens

19–21

2

Alarm signalmuffle(Section 8.18),specimens1–3

Vibration test(Section 8.9),specimens4–6

Electronictemperaturestress — low(8.3.6),specimens7–9

Corrosion(Section 8.4),specimens10–12

Hightemperaturefunctionality(Section 8.12),specimens13–15

Point-to-pointRFattenuationtest(Section 8.19),specimens16–18

3

Electronictemperaturestress —shock (8.3.7,specimens7–9

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens10–12

Loss-of-signalalarm test(Section 8.20),specimens16–18

4

Heat/flametest 1(8.13.5.8),specimen 1

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

RFinterferencetest(Section 8.21),specimens16–18

5

Heat/flametest 2(8.13.5.9),specimen 2

Heat andimmersionleakage(Section 8.5),specimens7–9

RF Multipathtest (Section8.22),specimens16-18

6

Heat/flametest 3(8.13.5.10),specimen 3

Product labeldurability(Section 8.16),specimens7–9

RF Multi-Hoptest (Section8.23),specimens19-21

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This text supports the introduction of new test methods for multipath and multi-hop operation. Currently, no standardized methods exist to test the operation of RF-based PASS systems in highly reflective environments such as factories or refineries. The rationale for developing the Multipath test method is to fill this gap. Currently, no standardized methods exist to test the operation of RF-based PASS systems that utilize repeaters. The rationale for developing the Multi-Hop test method is to fill this gap.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Affilliation: NFPA ESE Committee's Ad Hoc Committee on RF PASS

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jan 05 11:31:13 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

24 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 31: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 15-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 5.2.4 ]

5.2.4

The PASS manufacturer shall provide at least the following instructions and information with each PASS:

(1) Pre-use information as follows:

(2) Safety considerations

(3) Limitations of PASS

(4) Marking recommendations and restrictions

(5) Warranty information

(6) Preparation for use as follows:

(7) Preferred mounting position and orientation for optimal performance

(8) Training instructions

(9) Recommended storage practices

For RF PASS systems that utilize a portable computer as part of the base station, the danger ofmuting the computer’s speaker, in which case, the base station operator would not receive the alarmsignal or loss-of-signal alarm from the RF PASS.

(a)

(10) Inspection frequency and details

(11) Proper use

(12) Maintenance and cleaning as follows:

(13) Cleaning instructions and precautions

(14) Power source testing and replacement

(15) Adjustments, if applicable

(16) Maintenance criteria

(17) Painting

(18) Decontamination procedures

(19) Retirement criteria and considerations

(20) Procedure for reporting PASS problems to the manufacturer and to the certification organization

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Delete subitem d completely. It was our understanding that the committee intended to delete the audible alarm requirement for base stations. See committee action to logs 20 & 21 of the ROC. As a result, this requirement is not needed since the audible alarm requirement for base stations is to be removed.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: [ Not Specified ]

Organization: SEI

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

25 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 32: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 21:55:32 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

26 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 33: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 16-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.1.2.5.1 ]

6.1.2.5.1

The base station shall be designed to emit an audible and a visual signal alarm when the alarm signaldescribed in 6.4.3 is activated by the RF PASS unit, when the evacuation alarm is initiated, and/or whenthe loss-of-signal alarm is triggered.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It was our understanding that the Committee intended to delete the audible alarm requirement for base stations. See Committee Action to Logs 20 & 21 of the ROC. Additionally, as written, section 6.1.2.5.1 is in direct conflict with sections 6.4.3.2.1 and 6.54.5.1 which requjre that both the base station and the RF PASS emit a recurrent visual loss of signal alarm.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: [ Not Specified ]

Organization: SIE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:08:08 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

27 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 34: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 33-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.2.4 ]

6.2.4

All mode selection devices shall be rated for a service life of not fewer than 50,000 cycles.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term "service life" is the proper terminology when dealing with the ratings for switches and knobs. Also, makes 1982 consistent with 1801.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: MICHAEL MCKENNA

Organization: MICHAEL MCKENNA ASSOCIATES

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 21 14:59:40 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

28 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 35: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 17-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.2.7.3 ]

6.2.7.3

Base station units for RF PASS shall sound an audible alarm and indicate on a visual display the presenceof all RF PASS units that are in alarm mode.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It was our understanding that the Committee intended to delete the audible alarm requirement for base stations. See Committee Action to Logs 20 & 21 of the ROC.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: [ Not Specified ]

Organization: SEI

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:16:00 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

29 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 36: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 3-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.2.3 ]

6.4.2.3

PASS shall sound the pre-alarm signal(s) 10 seconds 12 plus/minus 2 seconds prior to the sounding ofthe alarm signal.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The current duration of the pre alarm is actually 12 seconds, not 10. There should be a tolerance on the 12 seconds.

Note: The tolerance should be written as "+/- 2" but the plus sign will not show in the track changes view

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Craig Gestler

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 02 14:35:14 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

30 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 37: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 18-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.2.8.1 ]

6.4.2.8.1

The total duration of the three steps shall comply with the time window for the pre-alert alarm specified in6.3.3.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term "pre-alert" should be revised to "pre-alarm" as the term "pre-alert" is not used anywhere else in NFPA 1982-2013

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:21:19 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

31 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 38: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 37-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.3.2.1 ]

6.4.3.2.1

For RF PASS, when loss of RF communication is detected, the base station shall emit a recurrent visualloss-of-signal alarm and the RF PASS unit shall emit a recurrent visual loss-of-signal alarm within60 seconds of loss of RF communication. The visual alarm shall recur at a period of no more than20 seconds. Loss of communication could be due to, but not limited to, the portable unit being out of rangeor the presence of an RF interferer.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 6.4.5.1 (under 6.5.4 Loss-of-Signal Alarm (RF PASS)) is identical to Section 6.4.3.2.1 (under 6.4.3 Alarm Signal). Section 6.4.3.2.1 should be deleted.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 10:00:24 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

32 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 39: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 57-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.3.5 ]

6.4.3.5

The alarm signal shall have a duration of at least 1 hour at the PASS.

6.4.3.5.1

For RF PASS, the alarm signal shall have a duration of at least 1 hour at the base station.

When utilized as apart of an integrated SCBA Electronics platform, the SCBA must shut off other functions if neccesary to retain the 1 hour PASS duration.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The movement towards using the SCBA as a platform for electronic interfaces and sensors may cause us to forget that when the wheels come off the bus we need, AIR, and PASS.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Steven Townsend

Organization: City Of Carrollton Fire Rescue

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Dec 03 10:05:49 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

33 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 40: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 30-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.3.9 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]

]

The PASS annunciator shall be driven by an alarm sequence consisting of the following six steps:

(1) A Type 1 chirp alarm signal

(2) A silent interval of 400.0 ms ± 10 ms

(3) A Type 2 chirp alarm signal , repeated a total of 4 times with a gap of 10 ms ± 0.5 ms between eachchirp

(4) A silent interval of 200.0 ms ± 10 ms

(5) A Type 3 chirp alarm signal , repeated a total of 8 times with a gap of 10 ms ± 0.001 ms between eachchirp

(6) A silent interval of 1500.0 ms ± 50 ms

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term chirp is not used or defined anywhere in the document. The term alarm signal will be consistent with other sections and descriptions.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 23:08:17 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

34 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 41: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 58-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.3.9 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]

]

The PASS annunciator shall be driven by an alarm sequence consisting of the following six following eightsteps:

(1) A Type 1

chirp

(1) Sweep

(2) A silent interval of

400.0 ms ± 10 ms

(1) 100 ms ± 5 ms

(2) A Type 2

chirp

(1) Sweep , repeated a total of 4 times with

a gap of

(1) a silent inerval of 10 ms ± 0.5 ms between each

chirp

(1) sweep

(2) A silent interval of

200.0 ms ± 10 ms

A Type 3 chirp, repeated a total of 8 times with a gap of 10 ms ± 0.001 ms between each chirp

A silent interval of 1500.0 ms ± 50 ms

(1) 50 ms ± 2.5 ms

(2) A Type 1 Warble

(3) A Type 2 Warble

(4) A Type 1 Warble

(5) A silent interval of 750 ms ± 37.5 ms

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

New PASS alarm. There has been dissatisfaction with the 2013 PASS alarm. This PASS alarm definition is the "proposed 2018 PASS Alarm" that the PASS alarm Technical Committee has created. All tests have shown that the proposed PASS alarm is much louder and easier to identify.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

35 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 42: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 09:37:44 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

36 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 43: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 59-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.3.9.1 ]

6.4.3.9.1

Following Step 6 8 , the alarm sound shall repeat beginning immediately with Step 1.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The proposed 2018 PASS alarm has 8 steps, not 6

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 09:50:27 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

37 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 44: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 60-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.3.9.2 ]

6.4.3.9.2 Type 1 Chirp 1 Sweep .

The Type 1 chirp shall begin with a frequency of 4.000 kHz ± 0.02 kHz and shall sweep to a frequency of2.000 kHz ± 0.01 kHz using the following method: The Type 1 chirp shall be a binary (on/off) pulse waveconsisting of sequential cycles whose period changes on a cycle-to-cycle basis. The first cycle shall have aperiod of 250 μs ± 1.25 μs. The second cycle shall have a period of 250.4 μs ± 1.252 μs. The period foreach succeeding cycle shall continue to be increased by 0.4 μs ± 0.002 µs until the last cycle, which shallhave a period of 500 μs ± 2.50 μs. Sweep is a 1 second /-50ms frequency sweep with a minimum of 100frequency steps. The start frequency and end frequency shall be in the range of 2000 to 4000Hz and theend frequency must be a minimum of 500Hz greater than the start frequency.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Eliminating the definition of the Type 1 Chirp and replacing with the definition of the Type 1 Sweep. The Type 1 Sweep is a component of the proposed 2018 PASS alarm sound

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 09:52:18 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

38 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 45: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 32-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.3.9.3 ]

6.4.3.9.3* Type 2 Chirp 2 Alarm signal .

Starting at a lower frequency of 2.0 kHz ± 0.1 kHz, the frequency shall rise in a sweeping manner, by aminimum number of 100 equal or near equal frequency steps, to an upper frequency of 4.0 kHz ± 0.1 kHzin 234 ms ± 1.17 ms. The sweeping chirps signals are to be kept close to linear rising frequency stepsfrom the lower to the upper frequency to maintain the consistent audible sound pattern. It shall be permittedto change from linear frequency steps to nonlinear steps to allow a particular frequency or frequencies to beheld for up to 50 + 5 ms before returning as quickly as practicable to a normal linear rate to finish at theupper frequency. At higher frequencies (e.g., above 3.5 kHz) it might be necessary to increase thefrequency step rate just before starting to hold a peak frequency.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term chirp is not used or defined anywhere in the document. The term alarm signal will be consistent with other sections and descriptions.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 23:13:12 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

39 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 46: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 61-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.3.9.3 ]

6.4.3.9.3 * Type 2 Chirp 2 Sweep .

Starting at a lower frequency of 2.0 kHz ± 0.1 kHz, the frequency shall rise in a sweeping manner, by aminimum number of 100 equal or near equal frequency steps, to an upper frequency of 4.0 kHz ± 0.1 kHzin 234 ms ± 1.17 ms. The sweeping chirps are to be kept close to linear rising frequency steps from thelower to the upper frequency to maintain the consistent audible sound pattern. It shall be permitted tochange from linear frequency steps to nonlinear steps to allow a particular frequency or frequencies to beheld for up to 50+5 ms before returning as quickly as practicable to a normal linear rate to finish at theupper frequency. At higher frequencies (e.g., above 3.5 kHz) it might be necessary to increase thefrequency step rate just before starting to hold a peak The Type 2 Sweep is a 250mS /- 12.5mS frequencysweep with a minimum of 25 frequency steps. The start frequency and end frequency shall be in the rangeof 2000 to 4000 HZ and the end frequency must a minimum of 500Hz greater than the start frequency.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The Type 2 Sweep is a part of the proposed 2018 PASS alarm sound.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 09:56:31 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

40 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 47: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 63-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 6.4.3.9.4 ]

Type 2 Warble

The Type 2 Warble is a 200mS /- 10mS sound that alternates between Tone B and Tone C every 10 /-0.5mS

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The Type 2 Warble is a part of the proposed 2018 PASS alarm sound

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:05:58 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

41 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 48: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 64-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 6.4.3.9.4 ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT

Tones A, B and C shall be between 2000 and 4000 Hz

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Part of the definition for the proposed 2018 PASS alarm

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:10:13 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

42 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 49: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 65-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 6.4.3.9.4 ]

Tone A

Tone A is a frequency between 2300 and 4000Hz.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Tone A is a part of the Proposed 2018 PASS alarm sound

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:12:23 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

43 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 50: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 66-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 6.4.3.9.4 ]

Tone B

Tone B is a frequency 100 to 200Hz below Tone A.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Tone B is a part of the proposed 2018 PASS alarm sound

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:16:40 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

44 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 51: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 67-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 6.4.3.9.4 ]

Tone C

Tone C is a frequency 200 to 300Hz below Tone B

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Tone C is a part of the proposed 2018 PASS alarm sound

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:18:42 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

45 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 52: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 8-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 6.4.3.9.4 ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT Non -Breathing Alarm

Type your content here... Sec 6.5 Non-Breathing Alarm

Sec 6.5.1 PASS shall monitor air movement through the regulator once airbegins delivery through the regulator assembly. PASS shall go directly into Full Alarm cycle when seven(7) seconds of a non-breathing mode is detected. A non-breathing mode shall be defined as a situationcomprising of a lack of normal air flow either in through an inhalation valve or out through an exhalationvalve.

Sec 6.5.2 Air movement monitoring may be accomplished using either theinhalation valve singularly or the exhalation valve singularly or a combination thereof.

Sec 6.5.3 PASS shall go directly into Full Alarm cycle after registeringseven (7) seconds of air-flow caused by a facepiece becoming dislodged.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The current motion-sensing functionality of the PASS alarm accommodates both the Emergency and Non-Emergency possibilities associated with non-movement. In the case of a Non-Breathing user or a Dislodged facepiece, this is Always an Immediate emergency and should be addressed as such.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: ERIC SACKNOFF

Organization: FDNY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 07 22:01:18 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

46 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 53: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 62-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.3.9.4 ]

6.4.3.9.4 Type 3 Chirp 1 Warble .

The Type

-3 chirp shall begin with a frequency of 2.000 kHz ± 0.01 kHz and shall sweep to a frequency of 4.000 ±0.02 kHz using the following method. The Type 3 chirp shall be a binary (on/off) pulse wave consisting ofsequential cycles whose period changes on a cycle-to-cycle basis. The first cycle shall have a period of500 μs ± 2.50 µs. The second cycle shall have a period of 499.2 μs ± 2.496 µs. The period for eachsucceeding cycle shall continue to be decreased by 0.8 μs ± 0.004 µs until the last cycle, which shall havea period of 249.6 μs ± 1.248 µs.1 Warble is a 400 mS /- 20mS sound that alternates between Tone A and Tone B every 10 mS /- 0.5mS

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The Type 1 Warble is a part of the proposed 2018 PASS Alarm sound

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 09:59:54 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

47 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 54: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 19-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.5.2 ]

6.4.5.2

The loss-of-signal alarm shall consist of an audible and a visual alarm distinct from the alarm and theevacuation signal.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It was our understanding that the Committee intended to delete the audible alarm requirement for base stations. See Committee Action to Logs 20 & 21 of the ROC.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:25:00 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

48 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 55: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 38-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.5.2 ]

6.4.5.2

The loss-of-signal alarm shall consist of an audible and a visual alarm distinct from the alarm and theevacuation signal.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 6.4.5.2 says that the Loss-of-Signal Alarm is audible and visual. This contradicts 6.4.5.1, which says it is visual only. Audible should be deleted. The ESE Committee voted for visual-only alarms. ROC 1982-23, Log #20 (p. 16) shows that the committee replaced “audible and visual” with “visual”.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 17:28:48 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

49 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 56: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 6-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.5.2 ]

6.4.5.2

The loss-of-signal alarm shall consist of an audible and a visual alarm distinct from the alarm and theevacuation signal.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Firefighters advised that having an audible alarm for out of range would be a distraction from the other "more urgent" alarms, and hence requested to change the working to indicate a visual alarm only for out of range. There was discussion about an optional audible out of range alarm that could be muted, but that was also struck as indicated by log #20 (1982-23 Log #20 FAE-ELS) The log was accepted in principal and implemented for 6.4.5.1 and 6.4.5.2 but the audible requirement was not actually removed for 6.4.5.2. The reference to the audible alarm should have also been removed from the definition in 3.3.1.2 (another comment) and 8.2.5.5 (another comment).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Craig Gestler

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 02 15:37:12 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

50 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 57: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 39-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 6.4.5.4 ]

6.4.5.4

The loss-of-signal alarm shall have an interval not to exceed 60 seconds.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 6.4.5.4 says that the Loss-of-Signal alarm interval is 60 seconds. This contradicts Section 6.4.5.1, which says 20 seconds. Section 6.4.5.4 could be deleted entirely to resolve this.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 17:34:10 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

51 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 58: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 90-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Chapter 7 ]

Chapter 7 Performance Requirements

7.1 Sound Pressure Levels.

7.1.1 Audible Primary Pre-Alarm Signal.

7.1.1.1

PASS shall be tested for the sound pressure level of the audible primary pre-alarm signal as specified inSection 8.2, Sound Pressure Level Tests. The sound pressure level of the Type 1 tone pair shall bebetween 80 dBA and 95 dBA. The sound pressure level of the Type 2 tone pair shall be between 86 dBAand 104 dBA and shall be at least 6 dB greater than the Type 1 tone pair. The sound pressure level of theType 3 tone pair shall be between 100 dBA and 110 dBA and shall be at least 6 dB greater than the Type 2tone pair.

7.1.1.2*

PASS shall be tested for primary pre-alarm signal frequency as specified in Section 8.14, Signal FrequencyTest, shall have at least an audible signal, and shall have the primary pre-alarm as specified in 6.4.2.8.

7.1.2 PASS Alarm Signal.

7.1.2.1

PASS shall be tested for the sound pressure level of the alarm signal as specified in Section 8.2, SoundPressure Level Tests, and shall not have the alarm signal, once activated, be deactivated by the motiondetector; shall have the alarm signal sound pressure level not be less than 95 dBA for an uninterruptedduration of not less than 1 hour, and shall have PASS function properly as specified in 6.4.3.

7.1.2.2

PASS shall be tested for frequency content as specified in Section 8.14 and shall have the alarm signal asspecified in 6.4.3.9.

7.1.3 PASS Low Power Source Warning Signal .

PASS shall be tested for the sound pressure level of the low power source warning signal as specified inSection 8.2, Sound Pressure Level Tests, and shall have a sound pressure level between 70 and 100 dBA,shall have the low power source warning signal continue to sound for not less than 1 hour, and shall havethe PASS function properly as specified in 6.4.4.

7.2 Electronic Temperature Stress.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to electronic temperature stress as specified in Section 8.3, ElectronicTemperature Stress Test, and shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3and 6.4.3.2, shall meet the proper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1, and shall havethe data logging functions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.3 Corrosion Resistance.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to corrosion as specified in Section 8.4, Corrosion Test, and shall beevaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2, shall meet the proper alarmsignal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1, and shall have the data logging functions specified in6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.4 Immersion Leakage Resistance.

7.4.1

PASS shall be tested for resistance to leakage as specified in Section 8.5, Heat and Immersion LeakageTest, and for 8.5.5, Test Procedure 1, PASS shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specifiedin 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2, shall meet the proper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1,shall have no water in its power source compartment(s), and shall have the data logging functions specifiedin 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

52 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 59: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

7.4.2

PASS shall be tested for resistance to leakage as specified in Section 8.5, Heat and Immersion LeakageTest; and for 8.5.6, Test Procedure 2, PASS shall have no water in the electronics compartment(s).

7.5 Case Integrity.

PASS cases, housings, or enclosures shall be tested for integrity as specified in Section 8.6, Case IntegrityTest; shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2; shall meet theproper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1; shall support the test weight withoutaffecting case integrity or causing visible damage; and shall have the data logging functions specified in6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.6 Intrinsic Safety.

PASS shall be tested for intrinsic safety as specified in ANSI/UL 913, Standard for Intrinsically SafeApparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in Class I, II, and III, Division 1 Hazardous (Classified)Locations, and shall meet the requirements for Class I, Groups C and D, and Class II, Groups E, F, and G,Division 1 hazardous locations.

7.7 Shock Sensitivity.

PASS shall be tested for signal cancellation sensitivity as specified in Section 8.7, Shock Sensitivity Test,and the pre-alarm signal shall not cancel.

7.8 Impact and Vibration Resistance.

7.8.1

PASS shall be tested for resistance to impact as specified in Section 8.8, Impact Acceleration ResistanceTest, and shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2; shall meetthe proper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1; and shall have the data loggingfunctions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.8.2

PASS shall be tested for resistance to vibration as specified in Section 8.9, Vibration Test, and shall beevaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2; shall meet the proper alarmsignal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1; and shall have the data logging functions specified in6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.8.3

PASS shall be tested for resistance to vibration as specified in Section 8.17, Tumble-Vibration Test, andshall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2; shall meet theproper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1; and shall have the data logging functionsspecified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.9 Retention System.

PASS shall be tested for durability of the retention system as specified in Section 8.10, Retention SystemTest, and the retention system shall withstand the applied force without separating.

7.10 Water Drainage.

PASS shall be tested for water drainage as specified in Section 8.11, Water Drainage Test, and the alarmsignal sound pressure level shall be at least 95 dBA.

7.11 Heat Resistance.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to heat as specified in Section 8.12, High Temperature FunctionalityTest, and shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2, shall havethe sound pressure level not be less than 95 dBA, shall have the data logging functions specified in 6.1.3(1) through 6.1.3 (5) operating properly, and shall not melt, drip, or ignite.

7.12 Heat and Flame Resistance.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

53 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 60: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

7.12.1

PASS shall be tested for resistance to heat and flame as specified in Section 8.13, Heat and Flame Test,Test Procedure 1, and shall not have the afterflame exceed 2.2 seconds; shall have nothing fall off thePASS; shall not have the PASS fall from its mounted position; and the PASS shall function as follows:

(1) The alarm signal shall sound and continue to sound as specified in 6.4.3.

(2) The alarm signal shall meet the sound pressure levels as specified 7.1.2.1.

(3) At least two separate and distinct manual actions shall be required to change the mode selectiondevice from alarm to sensing in order to silence the alarm as specified in 6.2.7.

(4) The data logging functions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) shall operate properly.

7.12.2

PASS shall be tested for resistance to heat and flame as specified in Section 8.13, Heat and Flame Test,Test Procedure 2, and shall not have the afterflame exceed 2.2 seconds; shall have nothing fall off thePASS; shall not have the PASS fall from its mounted position; and the PASS shall function as follows:

(1) PASS shall emit the operational signal as specified in 6.4.1.

(2) PASS shall cycle from sensing to pre-alarm as specified in Section 6.3, Motion Sensing DesignRequirements for PASS.

(3) The primary pre-alarm signal shall sound as specified in 6.4.2.

(4) PASS shall cycle from pre-alarm to alarm as specified in Section 6.3, Motion Sensing DesignRequirements for PASS.

(5) The alarm signal shall sound as specified in 6.4.3.

(6) At least two separate and distinct manual actions shall be required to change the mode selectiondevice from alarm to sensing in order to silence the alarm as specified in 6.2.7.

(7) The primary pre-alarm signal sound pressure level shall be as specified in 7.1.1.1, andsupplementary pre-alarm signals shall function as designed.

(8) The alarm signal sound pressure level shall be as specified in 7.1.2.1.

(9) The data logging functions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) shall operate properly.

7.12.3

PASS shall be tested for resistance to heat and flame as specified in Section 8.13, Heat and Flame Test,Test Procedure 3, and shall not have the afterflame exceed 2.2 seconds, shall have nothing fall off thePASS; shall not have the PASS fall from its mounted position; and the PASS shall function as follows:

(1) PASS shall emit the operational signal as specified in 6.4.1.

(2) The mode selection device shall be capable of being switched from sensing to alarm as specified in6.2.5 and 6.2.6.

(3) The alarm signal shall sound as specified in 6.4.3.

(4) At least two separate and distinct manual actions shall be required to change the mode selectiondevice from alarm to sensing in order to silence the alarm as specified in 6.2.7.

(5) The primary pre-alarm signal sound pressure level shall be as specified in 7.1.1.1, andsupplementary pre-alarm signals shall function as designed.

(6) The alarm signal sound pressure level shall be as specified in 7.1.2.1.

(7) The data logging functions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) shall operate properly.

7.13 Product Label Durability.

PASS with product labels attached shall be tested for durability and legibility as specified in Section 8.16,Product Label Durability Test, and the product labels shall remain attached to the PASS and shall be legibleto the unaided eye.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

54 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 61: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

7.14 Alarm Signal Muffle Test.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to sound pressure level deadening or muffling as specified inSection 8.18, PASS Alarm Signal Muffle Test, and shall have the sound pressure level not be less than 95dBA.

7.15* Radio System Tests — Point-to-Point RF Attenuation Test.

RF PASS shall be tested for reliable wireless transmission and reception of alarm signals under a fixedamount of path loss (attenuation) as specified in Section 8.19, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Point-to-Point RF Attenuation Test.

7.15.1

The base station shall automatically emit an audible alarm in response to an alarm signal received from theRF PASS within 30 seconds of alarm activation under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.19, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Point-to-Point RF Attenuation Test. The RF PASS shallautomatically emit an audible alarm within 30 seconds of evacuation alarm transmission by the base stationunder the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.19.

7.15.2

The point-to-point RF attenuation test shall be conducted to determine whether the RF PASS will operate inan RF propagation channel having a specified level of path loss.

7.16 Radio System Tests — Loss-of-Signal Alarm Test.

RF PASS shall be tested for initiation of audible or visual alarm signals when RF communication is lost asspecified in Section 8.19, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Loss-of-Signal Alarm Test.

7.16.1

The base station shall automatically initiate the loss-of-signal alarm in response to loss of RFcommunication with the RF PASS within 60 seconds under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.20, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Loss-of-Signal Alarm Test. The RF PASS shallautomatically initiate the loss-of-signal alarm within 60 seconds of loss of RF communication with the basestation under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.20.

7.17 Radio System Tests — RF Interference Test.

RF PASS shall be tested for wireless transmission and reception of alarm signals under a fixed amount ofexternal in-band RF interference as specified in Section 8.21, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — RFInterference Test.

7.17.1

The base station shall automatically emit an audible alarm in response to an alarm signal received from theRF PASS within 30 seconds of alarm activation under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.21, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — RF Interference Test.

7.17.2

The RF PASS shall automatically emit an audible alarm within 30 seconds of evacuation alarmtransmission by the base station under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.21, RadioSystem Tests For RF PASS — RF Interference Test.

7.18 Radio System Tests—Multipath Test. RF PASS shall be tested for reliable wireless transmission andreception of alarm signals under a statistical condition of multipath reflections as specified in Section 8.22,Radio System Tests for RF PASS—Multipath Test.

7.18.1 The base station shall automatically emit an audible alarm in response to an alarm signal receivedfrom the RF PASS within the time specified in 6.3.2.1 of alarm activation under the radio channel conditionsspecified in Section 8.22, Radio System Tests for RF PASS—Multipath Test. The RF PASS shallautomatically emit an audible alarm within the time specified in 6.3.6 of evacuation alarm transmission by thebase station under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.22.

7.18.2 The multipath test shall be conducted to determine whether the RF PASS system will operate in anRF environment having multipath reflections as characterized in a reverberation chamber.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

55 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 62: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

This text supports the introduction of new test methods for multipath operation. Currently, no standardized methods exist to test the operation of RF-based PASS systems in highly reflective environments such as factories or refineries. The rationale for developing the Multipath test method is to fill this gap.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Affilliation: NFPA ESE Committee's Ad Hoc Committee on RF PASS

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jan 05 11:43:00 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

56 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 63: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 91-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Chapter 7 ]

Chapter 7 Performance Requirements

7.1 Sound Pressure Levels.

7.1.1 Audible Primary Pre-Alarm Signal.

7.1.1.1

PASS shall be tested for the sound pressure level of the audible primary pre-alarm signal as specified inSection 8.2, Sound Pressure Level Tests. The sound pressure level of the Type 1 tone pair shall bebetween 80 dBA and 95 dBA. The sound pressure level of the Type 2 tone pair shall be between 86 dBAand 104 dBA and shall be at least 6 dB greater than the Type 1 tone pair. The sound pressure level of theType 3 tone pair shall be between 100 dBA and 110 dBA and shall be at least 6 dB greater than the Type 2tone pair.

7.1.1.2*

PASS shall be tested for primary pre-alarm signal frequency as specified in Section 8.14, Signal FrequencyTest, shall have at least an audible signal, and shall have the primary pre-alarm as specified in 6.4.2.8.

7.1.2 PASS Alarm Signal.

7.1.2.1

PASS shall be tested for the sound pressure level of the alarm signal as specified in Section 8.2, SoundPressure Level Tests, and shall not have the alarm signal, once activated, be deactivated by the motiondetector; shall have the alarm signal sound pressure level not be less than 95 dBA for an uninterruptedduration of not less than 1 hour, and shall have PASS function properly as specified in 6.4.3.

7.1.2.2

PASS shall be tested for frequency content as specified in Section 8.14 and shall have the alarm signal asspecified in 6.4.3.9.

7.1.3 PASS Low Power Source Warning Signal .

PASS shall be tested for the sound pressure level of the low power source warning signal as specified inSection 8.2, Sound Pressure Level Tests, and shall have a sound pressure level between 70 and 100 dBA,shall have the low power source warning signal continue to sound for not less than 1 hour, and shall havethe PASS function properly as specified in 6.4.4.

7.2 Electronic Temperature Stress.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to electronic temperature stress as specified in Section 8.3, ElectronicTemperature Stress Test, and shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3and 6.4.3.2, shall meet the proper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1, and shall havethe data logging functions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.3 Corrosion Resistance.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to corrosion as specified in Section 8.4, Corrosion Test, and shall beevaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2, shall meet the proper alarmsignal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1, and shall have the data logging functions specified in6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.4 Immersion Leakage Resistance.

7.4.1

PASS shall be tested for resistance to leakage as specified in Section 8.5, Heat and Immersion LeakageTest, and for 8.5.5, Test Procedure 1, PASS shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specifiedin 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2, shall meet the proper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1,shall have no water in its power source compartment(s), and shall have the data logging functions specifiedin 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

57 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 64: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

7.4.2

PASS shall be tested for resistance to leakage as specified in Section 8.5, Heat and Immersion LeakageTest; and for 8.5.6, Test Procedure 2, PASS shall have no water in the electronics compartment(s).

7.5 Case Integrity.

PASS cases, housings, or enclosures shall be tested for integrity as specified in Section 8.6, Case IntegrityTest; shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2; shall meet theproper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1; shall support the test weight withoutaffecting case integrity or causing visible damage; and shall have the data logging functions specified in6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.6 Intrinsic Safety.

PASS shall be tested for intrinsic safety as specified in ANSI/UL 913, Standard for Intrinsically SafeApparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in Class I, II, and III, Division 1 Hazardous (Classified)Locations, and shall meet the requirements for Class I, Groups C and D, and Class II, Groups E, F, and G,Division 1 hazardous locations.

7.7 Shock Sensitivity.

PASS shall be tested for signal cancellation sensitivity as specified in Section 8.7, Shock Sensitivity Test,and the pre-alarm signal shall not cancel.

7.8 Impact and Vibration Resistance.

7.8.1

PASS shall be tested for resistance to impact as specified in Section 8.8, Impact Acceleration ResistanceTest, and shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2; shall meetthe proper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1; and shall have the data loggingfunctions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.8.2

PASS shall be tested for resistance to vibration as specified in Section 8.9, Vibration Test, and shall beevaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2; shall meet the proper alarmsignal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1; and shall have the data logging functions specified in6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.8.3

PASS shall be tested for resistance to vibration as specified in Section 8.17, Tumble-Vibration Test, andshall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2; shall meet theproper alarm signal sound pressure level as specified in 7.1.2.1; and shall have the data logging functionsspecified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) operating properly.

7.9 Retention System.

PASS shall be tested for durability of the retention system as specified in Section 8.10, Retention SystemTest, and the retention system shall withstand the applied force without separating.

7.10 Water Drainage.

PASS shall be tested for water drainage as specified in Section 8.11, Water Drainage Test, and the alarmsignal sound pressure level shall be at least 95 dBA.

7.11 Heat Resistance.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to heat as specified in Section 8.12, High Temperature FunctionalityTest, and shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2, shall havethe sound pressure level not be less than 95 dBA, shall have the data logging functions specified in 6.1.3(1) through 6.1.3 (5) operating properly, and shall not melt, drip, or ignite.

7.12 Heat and Flame Resistance.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

58 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 65: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

7.12.1

PASS shall be tested for resistance to heat and flame as specified in Section 8.13, Heat and Flame Test,Test Procedure 1, and shall not have the afterflame exceed 2.2 seconds; shall have nothing fall off thePASS; shall not have the PASS fall from its mounted position; and the PASS shall function as follows:

(1) The alarm signal shall sound and continue to sound as specified in 6.4.3.

(2) The alarm signal shall meet the sound pressure levels as specified 7.1.2.1.

(3) At least two separate and distinct manual actions shall be required to change the mode selectiondevice from alarm to sensing in order to silence the alarm as specified in 6.2.7.

(4) The data logging functions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) shall operate properly.

7.12.2

PASS shall be tested for resistance to heat and flame as specified in Section 8.13, Heat and Flame Test,Test Procedure 2, and shall not have the afterflame exceed 2.2 seconds; shall have nothing fall off thePASS; shall not have the PASS fall from its mounted position; and the PASS shall function as follows:

(1) PASS shall emit the operational signal as specified in 6.4.1.

(2) PASS shall cycle from sensing to pre-alarm as specified in Section 6.3, Motion Sensing DesignRequirements for PASS.

(3) The primary pre-alarm signal shall sound as specified in 6.4.2.

(4) PASS shall cycle from pre-alarm to alarm as specified in Section 6.3, Motion Sensing DesignRequirements for PASS.

(5) The alarm signal shall sound as specified in 6.4.3.

(6) At least two separate and distinct manual actions shall be required to change the mode selectiondevice from alarm to sensing in order to silence the alarm as specified in 6.2.7.

(7) The primary pre-alarm signal sound pressure level shall be as specified in 7.1.1.1, andsupplementary pre-alarm signals shall function as designed.

(8) The alarm signal sound pressure level shall be as specified in 7.1.2.1.

(9) The data logging functions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) shall operate properly.

7.12.3

PASS shall be tested for resistance to heat and flame as specified in Section 8.13, Heat and Flame Test,Test Procedure 3, and shall not have the afterflame exceed 2.2 seconds, shall have nothing fall off thePASS; shall not have the PASS fall from its mounted position; and the PASS shall function as follows:

(1) PASS shall emit the operational signal as specified in 6.4.1.

(2) The mode selection device shall be capable of being switched from sensing to alarm as specified in6.2.5 and 6.2.6.

(3) The alarm signal shall sound as specified in 6.4.3.

(4) At least two separate and distinct manual actions shall be required to change the mode selectiondevice from alarm to sensing in order to silence the alarm as specified in 6.2.7.

(5) The primary pre-alarm signal sound pressure level shall be as specified in 7.1.1.1, andsupplementary pre-alarm signals shall function as designed.

(6) The alarm signal sound pressure level shall be as specified in 7.1.2.1.

(7) The data logging functions specified in 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (6) shall operate properly.

7.13 Product Label Durability.

PASS with product labels attached shall be tested for durability and legibility as specified in Section 8.16,Product Label Durability Test, and the product labels shall remain attached to the PASS and shall be legibleto the unaided eye.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

59 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 66: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

7.14 Alarm Signal Muffle Test.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to sound pressure level deadening or muffling as specified inSection 8.18, PASS Alarm Signal Muffle Test, and shall have the sound pressure level not be less than 95dBA.

7.15* Radio System Tests — Point-to-Point RF Attenuation Test.

RF PASS shall be tested for reliable wireless transmission and reception of alarm signals under a fixedamount of path loss (attenuation) as specified in Section 8.19, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Point-to-Point RF Attenuation Test.

7.15.1

The base station shall automatically emit an audible alarm in response to an alarm signal received from theRF PASS within 30 seconds of alarm activation under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.19, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Point-to-Point RF Attenuation Test. The RF PASS shallautomatically emit an audible alarm within 30 seconds of evacuation alarm transmission by the base stationunder the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.19.

7.15.2

The point-to-point RF attenuation test shall be conducted to determine whether the RF PASS will operate inan RF propagation channel having a specified level of path loss.

7.16 Radio System Tests — Loss-of-Signal Alarm Test.

RF PASS shall be tested for initiation of audible or visual alarm signals when RF communication is lost asspecified in Section 8.19, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Loss-of-Signal Alarm Test.

7.16.1

The base station shall automatically initiate the loss-of-signal alarm in response to loss of RFcommunication with the RF PASS within 60 seconds under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.20, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Loss-of-Signal Alarm Test. The RF PASS shallautomatically initiate the loss-of-signal alarm within 60 seconds of loss of RF communication with the basestation under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.20.

7.17 Radio System Tests — RF Interference Test.

RF PASS shall be tested for wireless transmission and reception of alarm signals under a fixed amount ofexternal in-band RF interference as specified in Section 8.21, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — RFInterference Test.

7.17.1

The base station shall automatically emit an audible alarm in response to an alarm signal received from theRF PASS within 30 seconds of alarm activation under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.21, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — RF Interference Test.

7.17.2

The RF PASS shall automatically emit an audible alarm within 30 seconds of evacuation alarmtransmission by the base station under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.21, RadioSystem Tests For RF PASS — RF Interference Test.

7.19 Radio System Tests for RF PASS—Multi-hop RF Test. RF PASS shall be tested for reliablewireless transmission and reception of alarm signals under a fixed amount of path loss (attenuation) asspecified in Section 8.23, Radio System Tests for RF PASS—Multi-Hop RF Test.

7.19.1 The RF PASS shall automatically emit an audible alarm within the time specified in 6.3.2.1 of alarmactivation under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.23, Radio System Tests for RFPASS—Multi-Hop RF Test.

7.19.2 The Multi-Hop test shall be conducted to determine whether the RF PASS system will operate in anRF environment having multipath reflections as characterized in a reverberation chamber as specified in8.22.4.4.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This text supports the introduction of new test methods for multi-hop operation. Currently, no standardized

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

60 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 67: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

methods exist to test the operation of RF-based PASS systems that utilize repeaters. The rationale for developing the Multi-Hop test method is to fill this gap.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Affilliation: NFPA ESE Committee's Ad Hoc Committee on RF PASS

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jan 05 11:45:54 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

61 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 68: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 68-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.1.2.1 ]

7.1.2.1

PASS shall be tested for the sound pressure level of the alarm signal as specified in Section 8.2, SoundPressure Level Tests, and shall not have the alarm signal, once activated, be deactivated by the motiondetector; shall have the alarm signal sound pressure level not be less than 95 dBA for an uninterruptedduration of not less than 1 hour than 100 dBA , and shall have PASS function properly as specified in6.4.3.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changes to the way the PASS alarm sound pressure is measured will result in different (and likely) higher values. The 100dB value is a placeholder until the verification can be completed.The sound pressure of the PASS is not measured for the entire 1 hour test. We are interested in the PASS sound pressure at the end of the one hour period. Section 8.2.8.4 has been modified to take the measurements at the end of the test.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:21:11 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

62 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 69: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 20-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.1.2.2 ]

7.1.2.2

PASS shall be tested for frequency content as specified in Section Section 8. 14 15, and shall have thealarm signal signals as specified in 6.4.3.9.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The reference to 8.14 is for the pre-alarm signal covered by 7.1.1.2. The correct test procedure reference for the alarm signal is section 8.15

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:26:18 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

63 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 70: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 69-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.1.3 ]

7.1.3 PASS Low Power Source Warning Signal .

PASS shall be tested for the sound pressure level of the low power source warning signal as specified inSection 8.2, Sound Pressure Level Tests, and shall have a sound pressure level between 70 and 100 75and 95 dBA, shall have the low power source warning signal continue to sound for not less than 1 hour,and shall have the PASS function properly as specified in 6.4.4.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changes to the way the sound is measured will most likely have an impact on the measurement of the low battery warning. The values have been changed as a place holder until the verification can be completed.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:29:24 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

64 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 71: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 29-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.6 ]

7.6 Intrinsic Safety.

PASS shall be tested certified for intrinsic safety as specified in ANSI/UL 913, Standard for IntrinsicallySafe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in Class I, II, and III, Division 1 Hazardous (Classified)Locations, and shall meet the requirements for Class I, Groups C and D, and Class II, Groups E, F, and G,Division 1 hazardous locations.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The requirement should be changed form "tested" to "certified" (or alternately, "listed") to ensure continued compliance for annual re-certification. Simply stating "tested" could imply a one time initial requirement vs. ongoing compliance.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 23:04:36 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

65 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 72: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 70-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.10 ]

7.10 Water Drainage.

PASS shall be tested for water drainage as specified in Section 8.11, Water Drainage Test, and the alarmsignal sound pressure level shall be at least 95 least 100 dBA.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changes to the sound pressure level measurement will likely have an impact on the SPL value recorded for the PASS. The 100dB value is a place holder until verification can be completed.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:33:06 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

66 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 73: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 71-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.11 ]

7.11 Heat Resistance.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to heat as specified in Section 8.12, High Temperature FunctionalityTest, and shall be evaluated for proper functioning of signals as specified in 6.4.2.3 and 6.4.3.2, shall havethe sound pressure level not be less than 95 than 100 dBA, shall have the data logging functions specifiedin 6.1.3 (1) through 6.1.3 (5) operating properly, and shall not melt, drip, or ignite.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changes to the sound pressure level measurement will likely have an impact on the SPL value recorded for the PASS. The 100dB value is a place holder until verification can be completed.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:35:55 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

67 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 74: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 72-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.14 ]

7.14 Alarm Signal Muffle Test.

PASS shall be tested for resistance to sound pressure level deadening or muffling as specified inSection 8.18, PASS Alarm Signal Muffle Test, and shall have the sound pressure level not be less than 95than 100 dBA.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changes to the sound pressure level measurement will likely have an impact on the SPL value recorded for the PASS. The 100dB value is a place holder until verification can be completed.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:37:34 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

68 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 75: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 42-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 7.15.1 ]

7.15.2

The RF PASS shall automatically emit an audible alarm within 30 seconds of evacuation alarm transmissionby the base station under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.19.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 7.15.1 should be broken into two subsections as is done in Sections 7.17.1 (base station alarm) and 7.17.2 (RF PASS alarm).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 17:45:52 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

69 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 76: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 21-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.15.1 ]

7.15.1

The base station shall automatically emit an audible a visual alarm in response to an alarm signal receivedfrom the RF PASS within 30 seconds of alarm activation under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.19, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Point-to-Point RF Attenuation Test. The RF PASS shallautomatically emit an audible alarm within 30 seconds of evacuation alarm transmission by the base stationunder the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.19.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It was our understanding that the Committee intended to delete the audible alarm requirement for base stations. See Committee Action to Logs 20 & 21 of the ROC.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:40:36 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

70 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 77: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 41-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.15.1 ]

7.15.1

The base station shall automatically emit an audible alarm in response to an alarm signal received from theRF PASS within 30 seconds of alarm activation under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.19, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Point-to-Point RF Attenuation Test. The RF PASS shallautomatically emit an audible alarm within 30 seconds of evacuation alarm transmission by the basestation under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.19 .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 7.15.1 should be broken into two subsections as is done in Sections 7.17.1 (base station alarm) and 7.17.2 (RF PASS alarm).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 17:40:32 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

71 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 78: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 40-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.15.2 ]

7.15.2

The point-to-point RF attenuation test shall be conducted to determine whether the RF PASS will operatein an RF propagation channel having a specified level of path loss.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 7.15.2 essentially repeats Section 7.15. Section 7.15.2 should be deleted.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 17:36:56 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

72 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 79: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 22-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.16 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

RF PASS shall be tested for initiation of audible or a visual alarm signals signal when RF communicationis lost as specified in Section 8.19, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Loss-of-Signal Alarm Test.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It was our understanding that the Committee intended to delete the audible alarm requirement for base stations. See Committee Action to Logs 20 & 21 of the ROC. As a result section 7.16 is in direct conflict with sections 6.4.3.2.1 and 6.4.5.1 which require that the RF PASS emit a recurrent loss of signal alarm. Based on the wording requiring that the pass be tested for an audible alarm should be deleted..

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:42:05 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

73 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 80: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 43-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.16 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

RF PASS shall be tested for initiation of audible or visual alarm signals when RF communication is lost asspecified in Section 8.19 20 , Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Loss-of-Signal Alarm Test.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 7.16: Loss-of-Signal Test refers to Section 8.19. It should refer to Section 8.20.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 17:50:30 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

74 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 81: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 45-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 7.16.1 ]

7.16.2

The RF PASS shall automatically initiate the loss-of-signal alarm within 60 seconds of loss of RFcommunication with the base station under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.20 .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Break 7.16.1 into two sections as is done in Sections 7.17.1 (base station alarm) and 7.17.2 (RF PASS alarm).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 17:55:06 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

75 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 82: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 44-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.16.1 ]

7.16.1

The base station shall automatically initiate the loss-of-signal alarm in response to loss of RFcommunication with the RF PASS within 60 seconds under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.20, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — Loss-of-Signal Alarm Test. The RF PASS shallautomatically initiate the loss-of-signal alarm within 60 seconds of loss of RF communication with the basestation under the radio channel conditions specified in Section 8.20 .

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Break 7.16.1 into two sections as is done in Sections 7.17.1 (base station alarm) and 7.17.2 (RF PASS alarm).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 17:52:38 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

76 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 83: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 23-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 7.17.1 ]

7.17.1

The base station shall automatically emit an audible a visual alarm in response to an alarm signal receivedfrom the RF PASS within 30 seconds of alarm activation under the radio channel conditions specified inSection 8.21, Radio System Tests for RF PASS — RF Interference Test.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

It was our understanding that the Committee intended to delete the audible alarm requirement for base stations. See Committee Action to Logs 20 & 21 of the ROC.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:45:38 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

77 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 84: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 95-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Chapter 8 ]

Chapter 8 Test Methods

8.1 Sample Preparation.

8.1.1 Application.

8.1.1.1

The sample preparation procedures contained in this section shall apply to each test method in this chapter,as specifically referenced in the sample preparation section of each test method.

8.1.1.2

Only the specific sample preparation procedure or procedures referenced in the sample preparation sectionof each test method shall be applied to that test method.

8.1.2 Room Temperature Conditioning Procedure.

8.1.2.1

Samples shall be conditioned at a temperature of 22°C ± 3°C (72°F ± 5°F) and relative humidity (RH) of50 percent ± 25 percent for at least 4 hours.

8.1.2.2

Samples shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.

8.1.3 Cold Temperature Conditioning Procedure.

8.1.3.1

Specimens shall be exposed to a temperature of -20°C + 0/-3°C (-4°F + 0/-5°F) for at least 4 hours.

8.1.3.2

Testing shall begin within 30 seconds of the specimens being removed from the conditioning.

8.1.4 Elevated Temperature Conditioning Procedure.

8.1.4.1

Specimens shall be exposed to a temperature of 71°C + 1/-0°C (160°F + 2/-0°F) for at least 4 hours.

8.1.4.2

Testing shall begin within 30 seconds of the specimens being removed from the conditioning.

8.2 Sound Pressure Level Tests.

8.2.1 Application.

8.2.1.1

This test method shall apply to all PASS.

8.2.1.2

Modifications to this test method for testing pre-alarm signals shall be as specified in 8.2.9.

8.2.1.3

Modifications to this test method for testing alarm signals shall be as specified in 8.2.8.

8.2.1.4

Modifications to this test method for testing low power source warning signals shall be as specified in8.2.10.

8.2.2 Samples.

8.2.2.1

Samples shall be complete PASS.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

78 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 85: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

8.21.5.4

A wireless link shall be established between the base station and device before closing the chambers’doors.

8.21.5.5

The chamber doors shall be closed.

8.21.5.6

The interferer shall be turned on.

8.21.5.7

The duration until the reception of the alarm signal shall be recorded.

8.21.5.8

The RF PASS system shall be tested with the RF PASS placed in two orientations (vertically andhorizontally) and the base station placed in one orientation (horizontally).

8.21.6 Report.

8.21.6.1

All quantities shall be reported to the nearest decibel.

8.21.6.2

The operator shall record and report the results of all tests and test parameters specified in 8.21.5 includingthe values of:

(1) Total attenuation associated with the test environment

(2) Maximum difference in field uniformity within an area covering the center 30 cm × 30 cm of the testchamber, as specified in 8.19.5.1

(3) Calibrated path loss, 0 dB specified in 8.19.5.2.6

(4) External attenuators used

(5) Frequency of operation (the minimum and maximum operating frequencies utilized by the RF PASSsystem under test)

(6) Model, typical loss and isolation of power combiner, from manufacturer’s specifications

(7) Model of the interferer

(8) Interferer parameters, as specified in Table 8.21.4.4

(9) Interference signal path loss, as specified in 8.21.4.4.4

8.21.7 Interpretation.

8.21.7.1

Pass or fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.

8.21.7.2

One or more specimens failing this test shall constitute failing performance.

8.22 Radio System Tests for RF PASS—Multipath Test.

8.22.1 Application . This test method shall apply to all RF PASS systems.

8.22.1.1 The RF PASS shall be tested in conjunction with the model of base station with which it is intendedto be deployed. If a portable computer is utilized in the base station, radio system tests shall be conductedusing the manufacturer’s supplied portable computer. The portable computer, if used, shall be placed into thetest chamber with the base station.

8.22.1.2 The base station, base station computer, and any other electronic equipment associated with theRF PASS system shall operate on battery power for the duration of the RF system tests.

8.22.2 Samples.

8.22.2.1 Samples shall be complete RF PASS systems.

8.22.2.2 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

119 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 86: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

8.22.3 Specimens

8.22.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete RF PASS systems consisting of an RF PASS and thebase station designed for use with it, provided by the manufacturer.

8.22.3.2 A single RF PASS and a single base station shall be used in each test. Three different sets of units(portable base station) shall be tested.

8.22.3.3 All multipath tests shall be conducted using specimens 19–21 in Table 4.3.10(a) if the specimensare stand-alone or removable integrated PASS and specimens 16–18 in Table 4.3.10(b) if the specimens arenon-removable integrated PASS.

8.22.4 Test Apparatus

8.22.4.1 The multipath test shall be conducted as shown in Figure 8.22.4.1 in the following twoconfigurations:

(1) With the base station acting as the receiver and the RF PASS transmitting an alarm signal

(2) With the RF PASS acting as a receiver and the base station transmitting an evacuation alarm

8.22.4.2 For both configurations, the total attenuation (including cables, connectors, free-space path loss,antenna loss, and external added attenuation) between the base station and the RF PASS shall correspondto 100 dB ± 3dB. The total attenuation shall be calculated using the method specified in 8.22.5.3.

NOTE: The two chambers provide shielding between the RF PASS and the base station. The chambersare linked by a known amount of attenuation, representing a specified path loss.

FIGURE 8.22.4.1 Setup for the Multipath Test.

8.22.4.3 Anechoic Chamber . This test chamber shall be configured as the “Base Station chamber” shownin Figure 8.19.4.1. The anechoic chamber, antennas, and cables used in the RF Multipath Test are the sameas those specified in 8.19.4.

8.22.4.4 Reverberation Chamber.

8.22.4.4.1 Overall usable interior dimensions of the reverberation chamber shall be such that the distancebetween the antenna and the DUT is a minimum of ½ the free space wavelength, and the distance betweenthe DUT and any chamber wall surface is a minimum of ½ the free space wavelength. The free spacewavelength shall be computed at the lowest intended frequency of DUT operation. These specifications shallnot preclude the use of a larger reverberation chamber.

8.22.4.4. 2 To isolate the device and base station from each other, the reverberation chamber shall provideat least 100 dB shielding from the test platform tabletop to the outside of the chamber at the frequency ofoperation of the RF PASS, with the bulkhead ports specified in 8.19.4.4.9 in place.

8.22.4.4.3 The reverberation chamber shall meet specifications as specified in IEC 61000-4-21.Performance specifications provided by the manufacturer shall satisfy this requirement.

8.22.4.4.4 Minimum reverberation chamber door size shall be 18 in. (46 cm) × 12 in. (30.5 cm).

8.22.4.4.5 The width and depth of the reverberation chamber shall be large enough to allow insertion,placement, and rotation of complete SCBAs. Usable space shall be a minimum of 24 in. (61 cm) width × 24in. (61 cm) depth × 10 in. (30.5 cm) height at the height of the table. Usable interior width and depth shall bepermitted to be smaller at other heights within the chamber.

8.22.4.4.7 The reverberation chamber shall include a non-conducting antenna mount that shall ensure theusable interior height specified in 8.22.4.4.1.

8.22.4.4.8 The reverberation chamber shall include a non-conducting table top with minimum dimensions of12 in. (30.5 cm) square, 15 in. (38 cm) high.

8.22.4.5 Antennas. The antennas shall be as specified in 8.19.4.5.

8.22.4.6 Cables. The cables shall be as specified in 8.19.4.6.

8.22.4.7 Test Equipment. The test equipment shall be as specified in 8.19.4.7.

8.22.5 Procedure.

8.22.5.1 Procedure for Field Uniformity Calibration in Anechoic Chamber. The procedure specified in8.19.5.1 shall be followed to calibrate the field uniformity in the anechoic chamber.

8.22.5.2 Procedure for Field Calibration in Reverberation Chamber. The procedure specified in IEC61000-4-21(2011), clause 8 and IEC 61000-4-21(2011), annex B shall be followed to calibrate the field

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

120 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 87: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

uniformity and verify the loading in the reverberation chamber. The field uniformity shall be ±3 dB standarddeviation for frequencies above 400 MHz.

8.22.5.3 Procedure for Configuring Chambers with the Target Attenuation. This procedure shall be carriedout for each set of chambers, antennas, and cables. An average value shall be obtained using independenttuner paddle locations as specified in 8.22.5.3.2.

8.22.5.3.1 The chambers shall be configured as shown in Figure 8.22.5.3.1

8.22.5.3.2 The procedure specified in 8.19.5.2 shall be followed to obtain a sample value for the finalaverage. The paddle shall be stationary in the reverberation chamber for each sample measurement. Thepaddle shall be moved to a unique location for each sample measurement. One hundred (100) samples shallbe obtained and averaged to determine the system path loss.

8.22.5.3.3 The procedure specified in 8.22.5.3.2 shall be used to obtain a total attenuation value of 100dB±3 dB for the multipath test.

NOTE: Consists of the summation (in dB) of the various fixed elements in the propagation path, plus theexternal attenuators. (In the calibration step, the external attenuator is adjusted until the target path loss isobtained.)

FIGURE 8.22.5.3.1 Configuration for Calibration of System Path Loss

8.22.5.4 Procedure for Multipath Test.

8.22.5.4.1 Alarm Signal Test. The test shall be conducted with the base station acting as the receiver andthe RF PASS transmitting an alarm signal upon initiation of the alarm signal.

8.22.5.4.1.1 The total attenuation, including cables, connectors, free-space path loss, antenna loss, andexternal added attenuation, between the base station and the RF PASS shall correspond to 100 dB ± 3 dBusing the calibration procedure specified in 8.22.5.3.

8.22.5.4.1.2 A wireless link shall be established between the base station and the RF PASS before closingthe chambers’ doors.

8.22.5.4.1.3 The alarm signal test shall be conducted twice, once in configuration (A) and once inconfiguration (B).

(A) The RF PASS system shall be tested with the RF PASS perpendicular to the surface of the tabletop andthe base station antenna parallel to the surface of the tabletop.

(B) The RF PASS system shall be tested with the RF PASS parallel to the surface of the tabletop and thebase station antenna parallel to the surface of the tabletop.

8.22.5.4.1.4 The paddle in the reverberation chamber shall continuously spin at 10 RPM.

8.22.5.4.1. 5 For each test, the chamber doors shall be closed and the duration of time between the initiationof the alarm signal and the reception of the alarm signal shall be recorded.

8.22.5.4.2 Evacuation Alarm Test. The test shall be conducted with the RF PASS acting as a receiver andthe base station transmitting an evacuation alarm.

8.22.5.4.2.1 The total attenuation, including cables, connectors, free-space path loss, antenna loss, andexternal added attenuation, between the base station and the RF PASS shall correspond to 100 dB ± 3 dBusing the calibration procedure specified in 8.22.5.2.

8.22.5.4.2.2 A wireless link shall be established between the base station and RF PASS before closing thechambers’ doors.

8.22.5.4.2.3 The RF PASS shall be kept in motion so that the motion-sensing device shall not trigger thealarm signal. A mechanism to move the RF PASS shall be permitted to be used. Any mechanism employedto move the RF PASS shall not disturb the field uniformity of the anechoic chamber more than 3 dB asspecified in 8.22.5.1.

8.22.5.4.2.4 The evacuation alarm test shall be conducted twice, once in configuration (A) and once inconfiguration (B).

(A) The RF PASS system shall be tested with the RF PASS placed perpendicular to the surface of thetabletop and the base station antenna placed parallel to the surface of the tabletop.

(B) The RF PASS system shall be tested with the RF PASS placed parallel to the surface of the tabletop andthe base station antenna placed parallel to the surface of the tabletop.

8.22.5.4.2.5 The paddle in the reverberation chamber shall continuously spin at 10 RPM.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

121 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 88: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

8.22.5.4.2.6 For each test, the chamber doors shall be closed and the evacuation alarm shall be initiated. Amechanism to initiate the evacuation alarm shall be permitted to be used. Any mechanism employed toinitiate the evacuation alarm shall not disturb the field uniformity of the anechoic chamber by more than 3 dBas specified in 8.22.5.1.

8.22.5.4.2.7 For each test, the duration of time between the initiation of the evacuation alarm and thereception of the alarm RF PASS shall be recorded.

8.22.6 Report.

8.22.6.1 All quantities shall be reported to the nearest decibel.

8.22.6.2 The operator shall record and report the results of all the tests and test parameters specified in8.22.5, including the values of:

(1) Total attenuation associated with the test environment

(2) Maximum difference in field uniformity within an area covering the center 30 cm × 30 cm of the anechoicchamber, as measured in 8.22.5.1

(3) Value of reverberation chamber loss, including the number of samples upon which the estimated loss isbased

(4) Value of measured path loss when the external attenuator is set to 0 dB denoted as calibrated path loss,0 dB, in 8.22.5.3

(5) Value of external attenuators used

(6) Frequency of operation (the minimum and maximum operating frequencies utilized)

8.22.7 Interpretation.

8.22.7.1 Pass or fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.

8.22.7.2 One or more specimens failing this test shall constitute failing performance.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Figure_8.22.4.1.jpg FIGURE 8.22.4.1 Setup for the Multipath Test.

Figure_8.22.5.3.1.jpg FIGURE 8.22.5.3.1 Configuration for Calibration of System Path Loss.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This text supports the introduction of new test methods for multipath operation. Currently, no standardized methods exist to test the operation of RF-based PASS systems in highly reflective environments such as factories or refineries. The rationale for developing the Multipath test method is to fill this gap.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Affilliation: NFPA ESE Committee's Ad Hoc Committee on RF PASS

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jan 06 10:27:48 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

122 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 89: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 90: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 91: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 96-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Chapter 8 ]

Chapter 8 Test Methods

8.1 Sample Preparation.

8.1.1 Application.

8.1.1.1

The sample preparation procedures contained in this section shall apply to each test method in this chapter,as specifically referenced in the sample preparation section of each test method.

8.1.1.2

Only the specific sample preparation procedure or procedures referenced in the sample preparation sectionof each test method shall be applied to that test method.

8.1.2 Room Temperature Conditioning Procedure.

8.1.2.1

Samples shall be conditioned at a temperature of 22°C ± 3°C (72°F ± 5°F) and relative humidity (RH) of50 percent ± 25 percent for at least 4 hours.

8.1.2.2

Samples shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.

8.1.3 Cold Temperature Conditioning Procedure.

8.1.3.1

Specimens shall be exposed to a temperature of -20°C + 0/-3°C (-4°F + 0/-5°F) for at least 4 hours.

8.1.3.2

Testing shall begin within 30 seconds of the specimens being removed from the conditioning.

8.1.4 Elevated Temperature Conditioning Procedure.

8.1.4.1

Specimens shall be exposed to a temperature of 71°C + 1/-0°C (160°F + 2/-0°F) for at least 4 hours.

8.1.4.2

Testing shall begin within 30 seconds of the specimens being removed from the conditioning.

8.2 Sound Pressure Level Tests.

8.2.1 Application.

8.2.1.1

This test method shall apply to all PASS.

8.2.1.2

Modifications to this test method for testing pre-alarm signals shall be as specified in 8.2.9.

8.2.1.3

Modifications to this test method for testing alarm signals shall be as specified in 8.2.8.

8.2.1.4

Modifications to this test method for testing low power source warning signals shall be as specified in8.2.10.

8.2.2 Samples.

8.2.2.1

Samples shall be complete PASS.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

123 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 92: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

One or more specimens failing this test shall constitute failing performance.

8.23 Radio System Tests for RF PASS—Multi-Hop RF Test.

8.23.1 Application. The application shall be as specified in 8.19.1.

8.23.2 Samples. The samples shall be as specified in 8.19.2.

8.23.3 Specimens.

8.23.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete RF PASS consisting of one RF PASS device, tworepeating devices capable of relaying an RF PASS signal, and a base station designed for use with it,provided by the manufacturer. The repeater device(s) may be an RF PASS.

8.23.3.2 One RF PASS, two repeating devices capable of relaying an RF PASS signal, and one basestation shall be used in each test. More than one RF PASS may be used if additional devices are beingused as repeating devices.

8.23.3.3 All multi-hop RF tests shall be conducted using specimens 19-21 in Table 4.3.10(a) if thespecimens are stand-alone or removable integrated PASS and specimens 16-18 in Table 4.3.10(b) if thespecimens are non-removable integrated PASS.

8.23.4 Test Apparatus

8.23.4.1 The multi-hop RF test shall be conducted as shown in Figure 8.23.4.1 in the following twoconfigurations.

(1) With the base station acting as the receiver and the RF PASS under test transmitting an alarm signal

(2) With the RF PASS under test acting as a receiver and the base station transmitting an evacuationalarm

NOTE: One reverberation chamber and three anechoic chambers provide multi-hop path and shieldingbetween the RF PASS under test and the base station. The chambers are linked by a known amount ofattenuation, representing a specified path loss between each hop.

FIGURE 8.23.4.1 Apparatus Used for Multi-Hop RF Test.

8.23.4.2 For both configurations, the total attenuation (including cables, connectors, free-space path loss,antenna loss, and external added attenuation) between two anechoic chambers shall correspond to 100dB. The total attenuation between the anechoic and reverberation chamber shall correspond to 80 dB.

8.23.4.3 Anechoic Chambers. The anechoic chambers shall be as specified in 8.19.4.4.

8.23.4.4 Reverberation Chamber. The reverberation chamber shall be as specified in 8.22.4.4

8.23.4.4 Antennas.

8.23.4.4.1 Circularly polarized antennas shall be used to minimize the dependence of the test on theorientation within the chamber of the RF PASS under test, and base station.

8.23.4.4.2 Five circularly polarized antennas and one linearly polarized horn antenna shall be usedduring the calibration steps. Five circularly polarized antennas shall be used during the test.

8.23.4.4.3 Cables permanently connected to any antenna shall be no longer than 24 in. (61 cm) tominimize errors in estimating the antennas gain during the calibration step, unless a three-antennacalibration is used to determine the antenna gain, in which case the cable shall be the same as that usedduring the three-antenna calibration.

8.23.4.5 Cables. The cables shall be as specified in 8.19.4.6.

8.23.4.6 Test Equipment. The test equipment shall be as specified in 8.19.4.7.

8.23.5 Procedure.

8.23.5.1 Procedure for Field Uniformity Calibration in Anechoic Chamber. The procedure for fielduniformity calibration shall be as specified in 8.19.5.1

8.23.5.2 Procedure for Field Calibration in Reverberation Chamber. The procedure for fieldcalibration in the reverberation chamber shall be as specified in 8.22.5.2.

8.23.5.3 Procedure for Configuring one Anechoic Chamber Connected to one ReverberationChamber with Target Attenuation. This procedure shall be carried out for the connection between an

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

166 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 93: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

anechoic chamber and a reverberation chamber, antennas, and cables.

8.23.5.3.1 The chambers shall be configured as shown in Figure 8.23.5.3.1

8.23.5.3.2 Two circularly polarized antennas shall be inserted into the reverberation chamber as shown inFigure 8.23.5.3.1. One dual ridged horn antenna as shown in Figure 8.23.5.3.1 shall be inserted into theanechoic chamber on the same table tops where the RF PASS components shall be placed during theattenuation test. The gain of these antennas shall be obtained from the manufacturer’s specifications or byuse of a technique such as a three-antenna method.

8.23.5.3.3 One calibration antenna shall be connected to the signal generator, and the other to thespectrum analyzer through bulkhead adapters in the body of the test chambers. The cables connectingthe antennas to the bulkhead adapters shall be of a length that limits power loss to less than 2 dB.

8.23.5.3.4 The power loss in the cables connecting the signal generator and spectrum analyzer to thebulkheads of the chambers shall be determined through measurement.

8.23.5.3.5 The reverberation chamber paddle shall be on and operating at 0.2 revolutions per minute andpath loss measurements shall be collected every 3 seconds.

8.23.5.3.6 The path loss measurements shall be averaged. This value shall be regarded as the total pathloss between the table top of the anechoic chamber and the reverberation chamber.

8.23.5.3.7 The system path loss shall be measured between the reference plane within the anechoicchamber and the reverberation chamber specified in Figure 8.23.5.3.1 with the external attenuator set to 0dB. The power loss between the measurement reference planes shall be a positive quantity that ismeasured and recorded as “measured path loss, 0 dB.” Measurements shall be collected over thefrequency of operation of the RF PASS under test. The resolution bandwidth of the spectrum analyzershall be less than or equal to 1 kHz.

8.23.5.3.8 The calibrated path loss, 0 dB shall be calculated as measured path loss, 0 dB gain ofcalibration antennas, where gain of calibration antennas is the sum of the specified gain of eachcalibration antenna in decibels.

8.23.5.3.9 The external attenuator to achieve the total attenuation from table to table shall be calculatedas total attenuation – calibrated path loss, 0 dB, where total attenuation is 80 dB between the anechoicchamber and reverberation chamber for the multi-hop RF test.

NOTE: Consists of the summation (in dB) of the various fixed elements in the propagation path, plus theexternal attenuators.

FIGURE 8.23.5.3.1 Configuration for Calibration of Target Path Loss between an AnechoicChamber and a Reverberation Chamber.

8.23.5.4 Procedure for Configuring one Reverberation Chamber Connected to one AnechoicChamber with Target Attenuation. This procedure shall be carried out for the connection betweenreverberation chamber and anechoic chamber, antennas, and cables.

8.23.5.4.1 The chambers shall be configured as shown in Figure 8.23.5.4.1.

8.23.5.4.2 Two circularly polarized antennas shall be inserted into the reverberation chamber as shown inFigure 8.23.5.3.1. One dual ridged horn antenna as shown in Figure 8.23.5.4.1 shall be inserted into theanechoic chamber on the same table tops where the RF PASS components shall be placed during theattenuation test. The gain of these antennas shall be obtained from the manufacturer’s specifications or byuse of a technique such as a three-antenna method.

8.23.5.4.3 One calibration antenna shall be connected to the signal generator, and the other to thespectrum analyzer through bulkhead adapters in the body of the test chambers. The cables connectingthe antennas to the bulkhead adapters shall be of a length that limits power loss to less than 2 dB.

8.23.5.4.4 The power loss in the cables connecting the signal generator and spectrum analyzer to thebulkheads of the chambers shall be determined through measurement.

8.23.5.4.5 The reverberation chamber paddle shall be on and operating at 0.2 revolutions per minute andpath loss measurements shall be collected every 3 seconds.

8.23.5.4.6 The path loss measurements shall be averaged. This value shall be regarded as the total pathloss between the reverberation chamber and the table top of the anechoic chamber.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

167 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 94: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

8.23.5.4.7 The system path loss shall be measured between the reverberation chamber and thereference plane within the anechoic chamber specified in Figure 8.23.5.4.1 with the external attenuator setto 0 dB. The power loss between the measurement reference planes shall be a positive quantity that ismeasured and recorded as “measured path loss, 0 dB.” Measurements shall be collected over thefrequency of operation of the RF PASS under test. The resolution bandwidth of the spectrum analyzershall be less than or equal to 1 kHz.

8.23.5.4.8 The calibrated path loss, 0 dB shall be calculated as measured path loss, 0 dB gain ofcalibration antennas, where gain of calibration antennas is the sum of the specified gain of eachcalibration antenna in decibels.

8.23.5.4.9 The external attenuator to achieve the total attenuation from table to table shall be calculatedas total attenuation – calibrated path loss, 0 dB, where total attenuation is 80 dB between the anechoicchamber and reverberation chamber for the multi-hop RF test.

NOTE: Consists of the summation (in dB) of the various fixed elements in the propagation path, plus theexternal attenuators.

FIGURE 8.23.5.4.1 Configuration for Calibration of Target Path Loss between a ReverberationChamber and an Anechoic Chamber.

8.23.5.5 Procedure for Configuring Two Anechoic Chambers with the Target Attenuation. Thisprocedure shall be carried out for the pair of anechoic chambers, antennas, and cables.

8.23.5.5.1 The chambers shall be configured as shown in Figure 8.23.5.5.1.

8.23.5.5.2 Two dual ridged horn antennas, as shown in Figure 8.23.5.5.1 shall be inserted into theanechoic chambers on the same table tops where the RF PASS components shall be placed during theattenuation test. The gain of these antennas shall be obtained from the manufacturer’s specifications or byuse of a technique such as a three-antenna method.

8.23.5.5.3 One calibration antenna shall be connected to the signal generator, and the other to thespectrum analyzer through bulkhead adapters in the body of the test chambers. The cables connecting theantennas to the bulkhead adapters shall be of a length that limits power loss to less than 2 dB.

8.23.5.5.4 The power loss in the cables connecting the signal generator and spectrum analyzer to thebulkheads of the chambers shall be determined through measurement.

8.23.5.5.5 The system path loss shall be measured between the two measurement references planesspecified in Figure 8.23.5.5.1. The power loss between the measurement reference planes shall be apositive quantity that is measured and recorded as “measured path loss, 0 dB.” Measurements shall becollected over the frequency of operation of the RF PASS under test. The resolution bandwidth of thespectrum analyzer shall be less than or equal to 1 kHz.

8.23.5.5.6 The calibrated path loss, 0 dB shall be calculated as measured path loss, 0 dB gain ofcalibration antennas, where gain of calibration antennas is the sum of the specified gain of each calibrationantenna in decibels.

8.23.5.5.7 The external attenuator to achieve the total attenuation from table to table shall be calculatedas total attenuation – calibrated path loss, 0 dB, where total attenuation is 100 dB between two anechoicchambers.

NOTE: Consists of the summation (in dB) of the various fixed elements in the propagation path, plus theexternal attenuators.

FIGURE 8.23.5.5.1 Configuration for Calibration of Target Path Loss between Two AnechoicChambers.

8.23.5.6 Procedure for Multi-Hop RF Test.

8.23.5.6.1 Alarm Signal Test. The test shall be conducted with the base station acting as the receiverand the RF PASS under test transmitting an alarm signal upon initiation of the alarm signal.

8.23.5.6.1.2 The total attenuation, including cables, connectors, free-space path loss, antenna loss, andexternal added attenuation between the two anechoic chambers shall correspond to 100 dB. The totalattenuation between the reverberation chamber and anechoic chamber shall correspond to 80 dB.

8.23.5.6.1.3 The total attenuation, including cables, connectors, free-space path loss, antenna loss, and

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

168 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 95: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

external added attenuation, between the base station and the RF PASS under test shall correspond to 260dB using the calibration procedure specified in 8.23.5.2.

8.23.5.6.1.4 The reverberation chamber paddle shall be turned on and shall rotate at 3 ± 2 revolutions perminute.

8.23.5.6.1.5 A wireless link shall be established between the base station and the RF PASS under testbefore closing the chambers’ doors.

8.23.5.6.1.6 The chambers doors shall be closed for one minute before proceeding.

8.23.5.6.1.7 The RF PASS with the largest amount of attenuation between it and the base station shall bethe device under test. The duration of time between the initiation of the alarm signal until the reception ofthe alarm signal shall be recorded. This test shall be repeated three times.

8.23.5.6.1.8 The alarm signal test shall be conducted twice for each of the three trials.

(A) The RF PASS system shall be tested with the RF PASS perpendicular to the surface of the tabletopand the base station antenna parallel to the surface of the tabletop.

(B) The RF PASS system shall be tested with the RF PASS parallel to the surface of the tabletop and thebase station antenna parallel to the surface of the tabletop.

8.23.5.6.2 Evacuation Alarm Test. The test shall be conducted with the RF PASS under test acting as areceiver and the base station transmitting an evacuation alarm.

8.23.5.6.2.1 The total attenuation, including cables, connectors, free-space path loss, antenna loss, andexternal added attenuation between the two anechoic chambers shall correspond to 100 dB. The totalattenuation between the reverberation chamber and anechoic chamber shall correspond to 80 dB.

8.23.5.6.2.2 The total attenuation, including cables, connectors, free-space path loss, antenna loss, andexternal added attenuation, between the base station and the RF PASS under test shall correspond to 260dB using the calibration procedure specified in 8.23.5.2.

8.23.5.6.2.3 The reverberation chamber paddle shall be turned on and shall rotate at 3 ± 2 revolutions perminute.

8.23.5.6.2.4 A wireless link shall be established between the base station and RF PASS under test beforeclosing the chambers’ doors.

8.23.5.6.2.5 An alarm shall be sent from the base station without opening the anechoic doors, using anynecessary additional software or method. The alarm shall be sent 1.5 minutes after activating theautomated click software.

8.23.5.6.2.6 The RF PASS under test shall be kept in motion so that the motion-sensing device shall nottrigger the alarm signal. A mechanism to move the RF PASS under test shall be permitted to be used. Anymechanism employed to move the RF PASS under test shall not disturb the field uniformity of the chambermore than 3 dB as specified in 8.19.5.1.

8.23.5.6.2.7 The RF PASS with the highest total attenuation between it and the base station shall be thedevice under test. The duration of time between the initiation of the evacuation alarm and the reception ofthe alarm for the RF PASS under test shall be recorded.

8.23.5.6.2.8 The evacuation alarm test shall be conducted twice.

(A) The RF PASS system shall be tested with the RF PASS perpendicular to the surface of the tabletopand the base station antenna parallel to the surface of the tabletop.

(B) The RF PASS system shall be tested with the RF PASS parallel to the surface of the tabletop and thebase station antenna parallel to the surface of the tabletop.

8.23.7 Report. The report shall be as specified in 8.19.6.

8.23.8 Interpretation.

8.23.8.1 Pass or fail performance shall be determined for each specimen. A signal which is not receivedfrom either test within 30 seconds shall constitute failing performance.

8.23.8.2 One or more specimens failing this test shall constitute failing performance

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Figure_8.23.4.1.jpg FIGURE 8.23.4.1 Apparatus Used for Multi-Hop RF Test.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

169 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 96: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Figure_8.23.5.3.1.jpgFIGURE 8.23.5.3.1 Configuration for Calibration of Target Path Loss between an Anechoic Chamber and a Reverberation Chamber.

Figure_8.23.5.4.1.jpgFIGURE 8.23.5.4.1 Configuration for Calibration of Target Path Loss between a Reverberation Chamber and an Anechoic Chamber.

Figure_8.23.5.5.1.jpgFIGURE 8.23.5.5.1 Configuration for Calibration of Target Path Loss between Two Anechoic Chambers.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This text supports the introduction of new test methods for multi-hop operation. Currently, no standardized methods exist to test the operation of RF-based PASS systems that utilize repeaters. The rationale for developing the Multi-Hop test method is to fill this gap.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Affilliation: NFPA ESE Committee's Ad Hoc Committee on RF PASS

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jan 06 13:37:11 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

170 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 97: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 98: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 99: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 100: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 101: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 73-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.2.4.2 ]

8.2.4.2

The audio test mannequin shall have the sound level meter microphone mounted at the left ear, as shownin Figure 8.2.4.2 .

Figure 8.2.4.2 Audio Test Mannequin.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changing PASS Pre Alarm and PASS Low Battery warning SPL measurements to be made in the same was as the PASS Alarm measurement (1 m spherical distance from the annunciator) would eliminate the need to show where the sound meter microphone should be positioned. Tests that involve placing the microphone around the ear are not repeatable or reproducible due to the acoustics of the room, where the mic is inserted into the ear, the position of the body of the person holding the meter, etc. Moving to the test we have specified for the PASS should prove to be more repeatable.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:47:49 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

171 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 102: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 74-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 8.2.4.3 ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT

The sound level meter shall meet the requirements of ANSI S1.4 Type 1.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

There were no requirements for the sound meter used for the tests.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:53:55 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

172 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 103: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 75-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.2.5.3 ]

8.2.5.3

All sound pressure level measurements shall be made with the sound level meter ballistics set to the peakresponse setting. A weighing with a Fast response time. The max-hold function (if available) may be usedto hold the maximum value observed by the meter for the specified period of time.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Revised measurement method for the PASS Alarm, PASS Pre Alarm and PASS low battery warning alarms. This method has proven to correlate with the subjective evaluation of the proposed 2018 PASS alarm. The sound pressure level is integrated over a short period of time rather than just an instantaneous peak.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: PASS Alarm TG

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 10:56:03 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

173 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 104: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 76-NFPA 1982-2015 [ New Section after 8.2.8.1 ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT

The specimen shall be mounted on the audio test mannequin in the preferred mounting position andorientation for optimal performance as specified by the manufacturer.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

There is no direction regarding how the PASS is to be supported/held/mounted for the PASS alarm SPL test. This proposal mounts the SCBA/PASS on the same mannequin used for the PASS Pre Alarm and PASS Low battery alarm tests.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 11:06:43 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

174 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 105: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 77-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.2.8.1 ]

8.2.8.1

The sound pressure level for the alarm signal shall be measured in a spherical radius at a distance of 3 m+ 0.3 of 1 m 2.5 /-0 m 0 cm (9 3 .9 ft + 3 ft 0.9 3 /-0 ft) in from the specimen's annunciator.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Reducing the SPL measurement sphere from 3m to 1m should help to eliminate some of the variability in the measurements by making the distance from the PASS to the mic significantly smaller than the dimensions of the room. Constructive and destructive wave interference should also be lessened. The SPL targets for all the tests have been adjusted in other comments to take the reduced distance into account.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 11:11:16 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

175 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 106: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 78-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.2.8.4 ]

8.2.8.4

The sound pressure level for the alarm signal shall be measured for 60 minutes +5/-0 minutes. 1 minute ( /-5 seconds), 59 minutes ( 1/-0 minutes) after the start of the test. Five measurements, each a minimum of6 seconds, shall be taken in the 1 minute period. The maximum sound pressure value shall be recordedfor each measurement. The lowest of the five measurements shall be discarded and the remaining fourshall be the sound pressure values.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

We only care about SPL at the end of the test (the last minute) when the batteries are at their lowest point. It does not make sense (nor is it practical) to measure the SPL over the entire one hour period. The measurement method has been revised to be a series of measurements, taken in the last minute, according to the new method described in 8.2.5.3 (comment #75). One of the measurements is discarded in case there is an error in taking the measurement. The process to deplete the batteries and then wait 59 minutes to take the readings is long and tedious. Throwing out one reading will prevent one reading taken in error from ruining the entire test.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 11:16:03 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

176 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 107: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 79-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.2.8.5 ]

8.2.8.5

The alarm signal sound pressure level shall sound pressure values for the PASS alarm signal shall berecorded, evaluated, and reported for the entire duration to determine pass or fail performance.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Updating the wording to reflect the one minute measurement time as opposed to the "entire duration" that was suggested.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 13:03:24 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

177 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 108: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 80-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.2.9.4 ]

8.2.9.4

The sound pressure level for the pre-alarm signal shall be measured at the left ear of the mannequin in aspherical radius at a distance of 1m 2.5cm from the specimen't annunciator for the duration of thepre-alarm.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changing the test method for the PASS Pre alarm to match the test method for the PASS full alarm.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 13:07:30 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

178 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 109: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 81-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.2.10.4 ]

8.2.10.4

The sound pressure level for the low power source warning signal shall be measured at the left ear of themannequin for 60 minutes +5/-0 minutes. in a spherical radius at a distance of 1m 2.5cm from thespecimen’s annunciator for 1 minute ( /- 5 seconds), 59 minutes ( 1/-0 minutes) after the start of the test. Five measurements, each a minimum of 6 seconds, shall be taken in the 1 minute period. The maximumsound pressure value shall be recorded for each measurement. The lowest of the five measurements shallbe discarded and the remaining four shall be the sound pressure values.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Modifying the test to measure the PASS Low battery warning alarm to use the same procedure as used for the PASS Alarm. This method is only measuring the SPL in the last minute of the 60 minute test (where the batteries will be at their lowest). The distance has also been reduced to 1m to help minimize test variability.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 13:09:56 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

179 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 110: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 82-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.12.5.11 ]

8.12.5.11

The specimen shall remain motionless and be allowed to cycle from sensing mode to alarm mode. Whenthe PASS cycles into the alarm mode, within 30 seconds the sound pressure level pressure value for thealarm signal shall be measured in a spherical radius at a distance of 3 m +1 of 1 m 2.5 /-0 m 0 cm (9.9 ft+ 3.3 3 ft 1.1 /-0 ft) from the specimen’s annunciator.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changing the measurement method to be the same as that used for the other PASS alarm measurements (at 1m instead of 3m). This will help to reduce measurement variability.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 13:17:09 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

180 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 111: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 24-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.14.4.3 ]

8.14.4.3

A sampling digital oscilloscope connected to a microphone shall be used to measure the frequencies of thealarm signal.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 8.14.4.3 refers to the alarm signal which is not covered in section 8.14. Section 8.14.1 indicates that this test applies to the pre-alarm signal. Measurement equipment for the pre-alarm signal is already specified previously.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:48:14 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

181 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 112: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 25-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.14.5.2 ]

8.14.5.2

The pre-alarm or alarm signal shall be activated, and the signal frequency shall be measured.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

A portion of section 8.14.5.2 refers to the alarm signal which is not covered in section 8.14. Section 8.14.1 indicates that this test applies to the pre -alarm signal.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:51:18 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

182 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 113: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 26-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.14.6.2 ]

8.14.6.2

The alarm signal shall be recorded at a minimum of 5 mega-samples/second, verified that it meets therequirements of 6.4.3.9 , and reported.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 8.14.6.2 refers to the alarm signal which is not covered in section 8.14. Section 8.14.1 indicates that this test applies to the pre-alarm signal.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:53:37 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

183 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 114: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 27-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.14.7.1 ]

8.14.7.1

Pass or fail performance shall be determined for each specimen for both the pre-alarm and the alarmsignals. signal, verified that it meets the requirements of 6.4.2.8, and reported.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

A portion of Section 8.14.7.1 refers to the alarm signal, which is not covered in Section 8.14. Section 8.14.1. indicates that this test applies to the pre-alarm signal.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:55:44 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

184 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 115: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 83-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.18.5.3 ]

8.18.5.3

All sound pressure level measurements shall be made with the sound level meter ballistics set to the peakresponse setting, and the A weighing with a Fast response time. The maximum hold function (ifavailable) may be used to hold the maxim value observed by the meter for the specified period of time. The test subject shall don the following:

(1) The protective ensemble specified in 8.18.4.3

(2) The specimen PASS per the manufacturers’ instructions

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changing the way that the PASS alarm is measured during the Signal Muffle Test to match the other PASS alarm signal tests.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 13:21:12 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

185 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 116: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 84-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.18.5.5 ]

8.18.5.5

The sound pressure level pressure value for the alarm signal shall be measured in a spherical radius at adistance of 3 m +1 of 1 m 0.33 /-0 m (9.9 ft + 3.3 3 ft 1.1 /-0 ft) in from the waist of the test subject.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Changing the measurement process to match that of the other PASS alarm tests.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: CRAIG GESTLER

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Dec 23 13:30:02 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

186 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 117: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 85-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 8.19.4.1 ]

8.19.4.1

The point-to-point RF attenuation test shall be conducted as shown in Figure 8.19.4.1 in the following twoconfigurations:

(1) With the base station acting as the receiver and the RF PASS transmitting an alarm signal

(2) With the RF PASS acting as a receiver and the base station transmitting an evacuation alarm

Figure 8.19.4.1 Apparatus Used for Point-to-Point RF Attenuation Test. Two anechoic chambersprovide shielding between the RF PASS and the base station. The chambers are linked by aknown amount of attenuation, representing a specified path loss.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Figure_8.19.4.1.jpg

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Correction of "SCBU" to "SCBA" in Figure 8.19.4.1.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jan 05 11:01:15 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

187 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 118: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 119: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 98-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 8.19.4.2 ]

8.19.4.2

For both configurations, the total attenuation (including cables, connectors, free-space path loss, antennaloss, and external added attenuation) between the base station and the RF PASS shall correspond to 100dB ± 3dB 3 dB . The total attenuation shall be calculated using the methods described in 8.19.5.2.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Insert space between value and unit in “3 dB.”

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jan 06 15:41:26 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

188 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 120: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 47-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.19.4.4.1 ]

8.19.4.4.1

Overall usable interior height of an anechocic anechoic chamber shall be no less than 40 in. (102 cm)between the antenna and tabletop or 55 in. (140 cm) total. 1.0 m = 3 wavelengths at 900 MHz. Thesespecifications shall not preclude the use of a larger anechoic chamber, including one large enough tocontain operation personnel if the RF isolation conditions in 8.19.4.4.2 and field uniformity conditions in8.19.5.2.1 are satisfied.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Typo. Should be “anechoic.”

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 17:58:46 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

189 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 121: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 48-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.19.4.4.1 ]

8.19.4.4.1

Overall usable interior height of an anechocic chamber shall be no less than 40 in. (102 cm) between theantenna and tabletop or 55 in. (140 cm) total. 1.0 m = 3 wavelengths at 900 MHz. These specifications shallnot preclude the use of a larger anechoic chamber, including one large enough to contain operationpersonnel if the RF isolation conditions in 8.19.4.4.2 and field uniformity conditions in 8.19.5.2. 1 aresatisfied.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

In the last sentence “field uniformity conditions in 8.19.5.2.1….” should read “field uniformity conditions in 8.19.5.1.….”. ROC 1982-30, Log #13 (p. 21) specifies the incorrect section number 8.19.5.2.1 (it was originally 8.18.5.2.1).

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 18:00:18 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

190 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 122: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 49-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.19.4.4.6 ]

8.19.4.4.6

Each chamber shall include an antenna mount.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Section 8.19.4.4.6 is essentially repeated in Section 8.19.4.4.7. Section 8.19.4.4.6 should be deleted.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 18:02:46 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

191 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 123: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 50-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.19.4.4.7 ]

8.19.4.4.7

Each chamber shall include a nonconducting antenna mount that shall ensure the usable interior heightspecified in 8.19.4.4.1.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Incorrect section is specified. “8.19.4.4” should be “8.19.4.4.1”.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 18:04:50 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

192 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 124: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 97-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 8.19.5.1 ]

8.19.5.1 Procedure for Field Uniformity Calibration.

8.19.5.1.1

Each anechoic chamber shall be calibrated individually, using the same antenna and interior coaxial cablesthat shall be used in 8.19.5.1.5 . during the RF PASS test. The configuration shall be as shown in Figure8.19.5.1.1.

Figure 8.19.5.1.1 Configuration for Testing the Electric Field Uniformity Using a Signal Generatorand a Three-Axis Electric Field Probe.

8.19.5.1.2

The antenna used for the point-to-point attenuation RF PASS test shall be mounted to the antenna mountspecified in 8.19.4.4.7. A coaxial cable shall connect the antenna to the interior bulkhead adapter of thechamber.

8.19.5.1.3

A coaxial cable shall connect the exterior side of the bulkhead adapter of the chamber to a signal generator.The signal generator shall be set to the frequency of operation of the RF PASS. The power level settingshall provide a reading on the field probe.

8.19.5.1.4

The field probe shall be connected to its receiver through a chamber bulkhead.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

193 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 125: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

8.19.5.1.5

The total electric field shall be sequentially measured and recorded at the 13 25 points specified in Figure8.19.5.1.5.

Figure 8.19.5.1.5 The Measurement Pattern for Checking the Electric Field Uniformity on the TableSurface.

8.19.5.1.6*

Contour lines of equal power levels, determined from the measured electric field results, E x , E y , and

E z , shall be plotted. These power levels shall be plotted The power level at each of the 25 points shall

be calculated relative to the minimum total power measured at one of the 13 25 points. The minimum totalpower, P, shall be determined by calculating the total power at each of the measurement points, and thenselecting the minimum value of those calculations as follows:

where:

i = 1, 2, 3 ... 13 25 (the measured points),

k = x, y, z, or “total,” and

8.19.5.1.7

The variation in the total power over the center 30 cm × 30 cm portion of the surface shall not exceed 3 dBof variation in the received signal strength over the center 30 cm × 30 cm of the surface 75% of themeasured points in 8.19.5.1.5 shall not exceed the minimum measured total power results by more than 3dB .

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Figure_8.19.5.1.1.jpgFIGURE 8.19.5.1.1 Configuration for Testing the Electric Field Uniformity Using a Signal Generator and a Three-Axis Electric Field Probe.

Figure_8.19.5.1.5.jpgFIGURE 8.19.5.1.5 The Measurement Pattern for Checking The Electric Field Uniformity on the Table Surface.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

This text supports the introduction of new test methods for multi-hop operation. Updating the field uniformity test in the Point-to-Point Attenuation Test as proposed will allow the same field uniformity test to be used for the existing test methods and for the new Multi-Hop Test. This will save time for the test labs without increasing uncertainty.

Currently, no standardized methods exist to test the operation of RF-based PASS systems that utilize repeaters.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

194 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 126: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

The rationale for developing the Multi-Hop test method is to fill this gap.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Affilliation: NFPA ESE Committee's Ad Hoc Committee on RF PASS

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jan 06 14:48:49 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

195 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 127: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 128: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 129: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 4-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.20.3.3 ]

8.20.3.3

The RF PASS shall be tested in conjunction with the model of base station with which it is intended to bedeployed. If a portable computer is utilized in the base station, radio system tests shall be conducted usingthe manufacturer's supplied portable computer. The portable computer, if used, The radiating element ofthe base station (i.e., the antenna) shall be placed into the test chamber with . If the base station isplaced outside the test chamber, a coaxial cable shall connect the antenna to the base station througheither a bulkhead connector or through the bulkhead pass-through . If the base station is place inside thetest chamber, the base station shall connect to the host computer using a data cable via the bulheadpass-through.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Conducting these tests as currently written is difficult. Testing with the PC outside of the chamber should be permissible because the isolation requirements for both the chambers and the interconnection coaxial cables are >100dB, which is the same number for the link budget tests. In addition, the base station (and associated computer) are assumed to pass FCC regulations, which implies that any high-power emission is limited to the radiating element (i.e., the antenna),of the base station. Therefore, any signal emanating from the base station has already been attenuated to FCC Part 15 levels, far below the 1W allowed at the antenna. Also, these FCC tests were conducted with the appropriate cables connected to the base station, which ensures that the long range radio signal is not received by any peripheral cables and re-radiated into the environment.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Craig Gestler

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 02 15:02:38 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

196 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 130: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 7-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.20.5.5 ]

8.20.5.5

Upon closing the second door, the duration until the loss-of-signal alarm sounds from each of the RF PASSand the base station shall be noted.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Firefighters advised that having an audible alarm for out of range would be a distraction from the other "more urgent" alarms, and hence requested to change the working to indicate a visual alarm only for out of range. There was discussion about an optional audible out of range alarm that could be muted, but that was also struck as indicated by log #20 (1982-23 Log #20 FAE-ELS) The log was accepted in principal and implemented for 6.4.5.1 and 6.4.5.2 (the audible requirement was removed). The reference to the audible alarm should have also been removed from the definition in 3.3.1.2 (another comment) and 6.4.5.2 (but is was not removed) (another comment)

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Craig Gestler

Organization: MSA Safety

Affilliation: MSA Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 02 15:43:07 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

197 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 131: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 86-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 8.21.4.1 ]

8.21.4.1

The RF interference test shall be conducted with apparatus that meets the guidelines in 8.21.2 through8.21.4.4, as illustrated in Figure 8.21.4.1.

Figure 8.21.4.1 Apparatus Used for RF Interference Test. Two anechoic chambers provideshielding between the RF PASS and the base station. The chambers are linked by a knownamount of attenuation, representing a specified path loss. An interfering RF signal is introducedinto the test chambers by use of a power combiner.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Figure_8.21.4.1.jpg

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Correction of "SCBU" to "SCBA".

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jan 05 11:07:35 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

198 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 132: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 133: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 51-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.21.4.3 ]

8.21.4.3 Power Combiner.

A power combiner shall be used to combine the signal from the base station with the interfering signal, asshown in Figure 8.21.4.1. The power combiner shall have two input ports and one output port, shall useType N or SMA connectors, and shall have a minimum isolation between the input ports of 20 dB.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The power combiner can also have SMA connectors.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 18:08:46 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

199 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 134: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 94-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. 8.21.4.4.1 ]

8.21.4.4.1

The 900 MHz interferer shall be a programmable signal generator or a wireless development boardcontrolled by a computer as illustrated in Figure 8.21.4.4.1. The interferer shall be capable of producingthe equivalent channel usage requirements in Table 8.21.4.4. The interferer shall hop over 51 channels inthe 902 MHz to 928 MHz band, at a hop duration of 40 ms ± 2 ms. The interferer shall utilize an RF datarate of 38 kB/sec ± 2 kB/sec and a serial data rate of 38 kB/sec ± 2 kB/sec. Data are transmitted withfiltered non-return-to-zero (NRZ) encoding modulated onto a carrier with binary frequency shift keying(FSK).

Figure 8.21.4.4.1 Apparatus Used for Creating the 900 MHz and 2.46 GHz Band Interference.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Figure_8.21.4.4.1.jpg Figure 8.21.4.4.1

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Correct "SCBU" to read "SCBA"

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jan 06 10:21:03 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

200 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 135: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 136: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 28-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.21.4.4.3 ]

8.21.4.4.3

The physical distance between the transmit antenna and the center of the testing platform supporting theSCBA PASS shall be 1.25 m ± 0.1 m.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Currently, Section 8.21.4.4.3 references a distance between an antenna and a platform supporting an SCBA, which covers PASS which is integrated with an SCBA. However, since this standard also covers stand alone PASS, the wording in Section 8.21.4.4.3 also needs to anticipate testing stand alone PASS. As a result, the word "SCBA" should be revised to "PASS".

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: James Rose

Organization: Safety Equipment Institute

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 16 22:59:17 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

201 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 137: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 52-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. 8.21.4.4.4 ]

8.21.4.4.4

The interference signal path loss in dB shall be calculated as cable losses + power combiner insertionlosses + external attenuator losses - interference signal amplification - antenna gain in the test chamber.The value shall be 0 ± 2 dB, the interference shall be either attenuated or amplified so that the calculatedvalue equals 0 ± 2 dB.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Language was not transcribed properly. Section should read: “The interference signal path loss in dB shall be calculated as cable losses + power combiner insertion losses + external attenuator losses – interference signal amplification – antenna gain in the test chamber.” Note that the “minus” sign is missing in the second half of the sentence.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 18:11:18 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

202 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 138: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 103-NFPA 1982-2016 [ New Section after A.1.1.2 ]

A 1.1.3

It is often desired by end users and owners of PASS and RF-PASS certified to earlier editions of thisstandard to receive updated parts, components and software that have been certified to the latest edition ofthis standard. To allow this in an open manner and to optimize the approval application process, this clausehas been added such that the latest revision of the standard can used for the certification of the new partsto certify their use on earlier edition PASS devices. Example: New firmware for sound to be installed intothe processor of earlier PASS devices so that they can be updated accordingly. For this to occur, the latestedition of the standard is to be used for the testing and modification to the previous certification.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Annex material included in the document for 1.1.3 proposed changes.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 99-NFPA 1982-2016 [Section No. 1.1.3] Annex material

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Simon Hogg

Organization: Draeger Safety UK Ltd.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jan 06 16:37:56 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

203 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 139: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 87-NFPA 1982-2016 [ Section No. B.3 ]

B.3 Measurement System Set-Up.

Figure B.3 shows a typical point-to-point RF attenuation test set-up. Two anechoic chambers provideshielding between the portable unit and the base station. The total path loss (or gain) associated with theenvironmental elements marked in Figure B.3 simulates the path loss experienced by personnel carryingRF PASS within a building or structure when the base station is located outside. The value of the externalattenuator is adjusted in a calibration step described below to match the target attenuation.

The chambers are shielded so that the RF PASS and base station are isolated from each other. Thisallows testing of RF attenuation alone. RF interference should be tested in a separate test method. Theanechoic material in the chamber simulates a reflection-free environment. Multipath reflections should betested with a separate test method.

Figure B.3 Test Set-Up and Sources of Path Loss (and Gain) in the Point-to-Point RF AttenuationTest.

Antennas are mounted in the top of each chamber to receive the signal emitted by the device under testand couple it to the exterior of the chamber. The total system attenuation includes the gain (if any) in theseantennas, the free space path loss between the PASS or base station and these antennas, the cablesconnecting the chambers, and external attenuators that are added to achieve the desired amount of pathloss. The point-to-point test method requires that the RF PASS system is able to send and receive alarmswhen the sum of these components of attenuation corresponds to that specified in the standard.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

Figure_B.3.jpg

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Correction of "SCBU" to "SCBA".

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jan 05 11:10:05 EST 2016

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

204 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 140: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME
Page 141: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 53-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. C.2 ]

C.2 The Target Value of Interference.

The RF interference test is designed to introduce into the RF propagation channel the types of interferencethat might be found in environments where fire fighters are deployed. This test focuses on replicatingconditions for structures where radio communication is typically difficult, for example, large buildingstructures such as office buildings, factories, convention centers, and apartment buildings. Certain wirelesstransmissions that could cause interference are commonly found within these structures. For example, inoffices and apartment buildings, the use of wireless local-area networks (WLAN) or wireless personal-areanetworks (WPAN) is common. In warehouses and factories, the use of RFID technology is common.

Wireless systems such as WPAN and RFID operate in the unlicensed “Industrial, Medical, and Scientific”frequency bands, with frequencies and power levels specified by the FCC. Because many RF PASS unitsalso operate within these unlicensed frequency bands, in-band interference is possible. Consequently, theRF interference test is designed to test systems that operate in similar frequency bands using commonlyencountered transmission protocols.

The set of interference tests described in this annex focus on two primary frequency bands andtransmission formats. These target values of interference are detailed in Table 8.21.4.4. The transmissionformats used in this test (including power level, modulation and encoding schemes, and signal bandwidth)have been designed to replicate commonly found wireless devices. The channel usage percentage ismeasured with a spectrum analyzer. Software that controls the spectrum analyzer is set to sample thespectrum occupied by the RF PASS signal for a duration of 225 milliseconds ± 50 milliseconds. Asdesigned, the interference source should be active 50 percent 25 percent of the time in either the specifiedfrequency band (e.g., over the 902 to 928 MHz band), or the initial channel of operation (e.g., over one ofthe six IEEE 802.11b/g 20 MHz channels). The spectrum analyzer should sweep across the frequencyband or channel of interest in less than 3 milliseconds; the controlling software should capture the spectrumat the rate above. Processing software should search for the maximum value within the captured spectrum.Only the interference source is active when determining the interference activity percentage, that is, thereshould be no RF PASS communication activity. To compute the statistics on interference, a minimum of500 millisecond × 225 millisecond samples are collected, resulting in approximately 2 minutes of data. Theratio of the interference signal samples to the acquired noise samples provides the channel occupancypercentage. As indicated in Table 8.21.4.4, a 25 percent channel usage percentage over a 30-second timeperiod is required, but that channel usage might vary in any 5-second interval between 15 percent and35 percent.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

ROC 1982-43 Log #26 (p. 36) shows that the committee changed the value to 25 percent.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 18:14:37 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

206 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 142: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 54-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Section No. C.2 ]

C.2 The Target Value of Interference.

The RF interference test is designed to introduce into the RF propagation channel the types of interferencethat might be found in environments where fire fighters are deployed. This test focuses on replicatingconditions for structures where radio communication is typically difficult, for example, large buildingstructures such as office buildings, factories, convention centers, and apartment buildings. Certain wirelesstransmissions that could cause interference are commonly found within these structures. For example, inoffices and apartment buildings, the use of wireless local-area networks (WLAN) or wireless personal-areanetworks (WPAN) is common. In warehouses and factories, the use of RFID technology is common.

Wireless systems such as WPAN and RFID operate in the unlicensed “Industrial, Medical, and Scientific”frequency bands, with frequencies and power levels specified by the FCC. Because many RF PASS unitsalso operate within these unlicensed frequency bands, in-band interference is possible. Consequently, theRF interference test is designed to test systems that operate in similar frequency bands using commonlyencountered transmission protocols.

The set of interference tests described in this annex focus on two primary frequency bands andtransmission formats. These target values of interference are detailed in Table 8.21.4.4. The transmissionformats used in this test (including power level, modulation and encoding schemes, and signal bandwidth)have been designed to replicate commonly found wireless devices. The channel usage percentage ismeasured with a spectrum analyzer. Software that controls the spectrum analyzer is set to sample thespectrum occupied by the RF PASS signal for a duration of 225 milliseconds ± 50 milliseconds. Asdesigned, the interference source should be active 50 percent of the time in either the specified frequencyband (e.g., over the 902 to 928 MHz band), or the initial channel of operation (e.g., over one of the six IEEE802.11b/g 20 MHz channels). The spectrum analyzer should sweep across the frequency band or channelof interest in less than 3 milliseconds; the controlling software should capture the spectrum at the rateabove. Processing software should search for the maximum value within the captured spectrum. Only theinterference source is active when determining the interference activity percentage, that is, there should beno RF PASS communication activity. To compute the statistics on interference, a minimum of500 millisecond × 225 millisecond samples 500 samples, each of 225 millisecond duration, are collected,resulting in approximately 2 minutes of data. The ratio of the interference signal samples to the acquirednoise samples provides the channel occupancy percentage. As indicated in Table 8.21.4.4, a 25 percentchannel usage percentage over a 30-second time period is required, but that channel usage might vary inany 5-second interval between 15 percent and 35 percent.

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Eliminate typo and clarify language.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Kate Remley

Organization: National Institute of Standards and Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 05 18:16:47 EST 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

207 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 143: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Public Input No. 2-NFPA 1982-2015 [ Chapter D ]

Annex D Informational References

D.1 Referenced Publications.

The documents or portions thereof listed in this annex are referenced within the informational sections ofthis standard and are not part of the requirements of this document unless also listed in Chapter 2 for otherreasons.

D.1.1 NFPA Publications.

National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NFPA 1500, Standard on Fire Department Occupational Safety and Health Program, 2013 edition.

NFPA 1561, Standard on Emergency Services Incident Management System, 2008 edition.

NFPA 5000 ®, Building Construction and Safety Code ®, 2012 edition.

D.1.2 Other Publications.

D.1.2.1 ISO Publications.

International Organization for Standardization, 1, rue de Varembé, Case postale 56, GH-1211 Genève 20,ISO Central Secretariat, BIBC II, 8, Chemin de Blandonnet, CP 401, 1214 Vernier, Geneva,Switzerland .

ISO Guide 27, Guidelines for corrective action to be taken by a certification body in the event of misuse ofits mark of conformity, 1983.

ISO/IEC Guide 65, General requirements for bodies operating product certification systems, 1996.(Superseded by ISO/IEC 17065)

ISO/IEC 17065, Conformity Assessment - Requirments for Bodies Certifiying Products, Processes,and Services, 2012.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

208 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 144: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

D.1.2.2 NIST Publications.

National Institute of Standards and Technology, 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 1070, Gaithersburg, MD 20899

NIST Note 1540: C.L. Holloway, G. Koepke, D. Camell, K.A. Remley, D.F. Williams, S.A. Schima, S.Canales, and D.T. Tamura, “Propagation and Detection of Radio Signals Before, During, and After theImplosion of a 13-Story Apartment Building,” Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol. May 2005.

NIST Note 1541: C.L. Holloway, G. Koepke, D. Camell, K.A. Remley, D.F. Williams, S.A. Schima, S.Canales, and D.T. Tamura, “Propagation and Detection of Radio Signals Before, During, and After theImplosion of a Large Sports Stadium (Veterans' Stadium in Philadelphia),” Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol.October 2005.

NIST Note 1542: C.L. Holloway, G. Koepke, D. Camell, K.A. Remley, S.A. Schima, M. McKinley, and R.T.Johnk, “Propagation and Detection of Radio Signals Before, During, and After the Implosion of a LargeConvention Center,” Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol. June 2006.

NIST Note 1545: C.L. Holloway, W.F. Young, G. Koepke, K.A. Remley, D. Camell, and Y. Becquet,“Attenuation of Radio Wave Signals Coupled into Twelve Large Building Structures,” Natl. Inst. Stand.Technol. April 2008.

NIST Note 1546: K.A. Remley, G. Koepke, C.L. Holloway, C. Grosvenor, D. Camell, J. Ladbury, D. Novotny,W.F. Young, G. Hough, M.D. McKinley, Y. Becquet, and J. Korsnes, “Measurements to Support BroadbandModulated-Signal Radio Transmissions for the Public-Safety Sector,” Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol. April 2008.

NIST Note 1550: K.A. Remley, G. Koepke, C. Grosvenor, R.T. Johnk, J. Ladbury, D. Camell, and J. Coder,“NIST Tests of the Wireless Environment in Automobile Manufacturing Facilities,” Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol.October 2008.

NIST Note 1552: W.F. Young, K.A. Remley, J. Ladbury, C.L. Holloway, C. Grosvenor, G. Koepke, D. Camell,S. Floris, W. Numan, and A. Garuti, “Measurements to Support Public Safety Communications: Attenuationand Variability of 750 MHz Radio Wave Signals in Four Large Building Structures,” Natl. Inst. Stand.Technol. August 2009.

NIST Note 1557: W.F. Young, K.A. Remley, D.W. Matolak, Q. Zhang, C.L. Holloway, C. Grosvenor, C.Gentile, G. Koepke, and Q. Wu, “Measurements and Models for the Wireless Channel in a Ground-BasedUrban Setting in Two Public-Safety Frequency Bands,” Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol. May 2011.

K.A. Remley, G. Koepke, C.L. Holloway, C. Grosvenor, D. Camell, J. Ladbury, R.T. Johnk, and W.F. Young,“Radio Wave Propagation into Large Building Structures; Part 2, Characterization of Multipath,” IEEE Trans.Ant. Propagat., vol. 58, no. 4, April 2010, pp. 1290-1301.

M.R. Souryal, D.R. Novotny, D.G. Kuester, J.R. Guerrieri, and K.A. Remley, “Impact of RF InterferenceBetween a Passive RFID System and a Frequency Hopping Communications System in the 900 MHz ISMBand,” IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society Symposium Digest, July 2010, pp. 495-500.

K.A. Remley, M.R. Souryal, W.F. Young, D.G. Kuester, D.R. Novotny, and J.R. Guerrieri, “Interference Testsfor 900 MHz Frequency-Hopping Public-Safety Wireless Devices,” IEEE Electromagnetic CompatibilitySociety Symposium Digest, August 2011.

G. Moore, “Simplifying FCC Compliance for 802.15.4 2.4 GHz Devices,” National Technical Systems WhitePaper. Available at http://www.nts.com

D.1.2.3 U.S. Government Publications.

U.S. Government Printing Government Publishing Office, 732 North Capitol Street, NW, WashingtonDC , DC 20402 20401-0001 .

Title 21, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 7, Subpart C, “Enforcement Policy,” April 1, 1995.

Title 42, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 84, “Respiratory Protective Devices,” 1995.

D.2 Informational References. (Reserved)

D.3 References for Extracts in Informational Sections. (Reserved)

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

Referenced current SDO names, addresses, standard, names, numbers, and editions.

Related Public Inputs for This Document

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

209 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 145: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 1-NFPA 1982-2015[Chapter 2]

Referenced current SDO names, addresses, standard, names,numbers, and editions.

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Aaron Adamczyk

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Jun 19 05:01:27 EDT 2015

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

210 of 210 2/11/2016 1:39 PM

Page 146: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

1  

REV. 1/22/2016     

***IMPORTANT: THIS DRAFT IS FOR TASK GROUP OR TECHNICAL COMMITTEE REVIEW ONLY AND HAS NOT YET ENTERED A REVISION CYCLE AND PROCESSED ACCORDING TO 

THE REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE DEVELOPMENT OF NFPA STANDARDS***   

  NFPA 1802              

Standard on Two‐Way, Portable Voice Communications Devices for Use by Emergency 

Services Personnel in the Hazard Zone  

20XX Edition                                              

 Chapter 1   Administration 

1.1 Scope. This standard shall identify the operating environment parameters, as well as the minimum requirements for the design, performance, testing, and certification of two‐way, portable voice communications devices for use by emergency services personnel within the hazard zone during emergency incident operations without compromising compatibility with field emergency services communications networks.   1.1.1 This standard shall specify requirements for two‐way, portable voice communications devices for use by emergency services personnel.  1.1.2 Reserved.  1.1.3 Except where referenced by this standard, requirements for two‐way, portable voice communications devices of other standards shall not apply.   1.1.4 Any accessories or enhancements built into, attached to, or sold with the two‐way, portable voice communications device by the manufacturer for later attachment shall be tested with the two‐way, portable voice communications device with those accessories and enhancements installed or attached, as specified in Table 4.3.9, to ensure the performance and functions of the two‐way, portable voice communications device.   1.1.5 This standard shall not be construed as addressing all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with the use of this standard by testing facilities. It shall be the responsibility of the persons and organizations that use this standard to establish safety 

Page 147: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

2  

REV. 1/22/2016     

and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use of this standard for designing, manufacturing, and testing.  1.1.6 Nothing herein shall restrict any jurisdiction or manufacturer from exceeding these minimum requirements.  1.2 Purpose. 

 1.2.1 The purpose of this standard shall be to establish minimum requirements for two‐way, portable voice communications devices.  1.2.2 Controlled laboratory tests used to determine compliance with the performance requirements of this standard shall not be deemed as establishing performance levels for all situations, environments, and conditions to which two‐way, portable voice communications devices could be exposed.  1.2.3 This standard shall not be interpreted or used as a detailed manufacturing or purchase specification, but it shall be permitted to be referenced in purchase specifications as minimum requirements.  1.3 Application. 

 1.3.1 This standard shall apply to all two‐way, portable voice communications devices for use by emergency services personnel.  1.3.2 This standard shall apply to the design, performance, manufacturing, testing, and certification of new two‐way, portable voice communications devices for use by emergency services personnel.  1.3.3 This standard shall not apply to any two‐way, portable voice communications devices manufactured in accordance with other standards. However, manufacturers shall be permitted to have noncompliant two‐way, portable voice communications devices modified to meet the requirements of this standard and become certified as compliant with this standard.  1.3.4* This standard shall not apply to accessories and enhancements that could be built into or attached to a certified two‐way, portable voice communications device before or after purchase but that are not necessary for the device to meet the requirements of this standard. Any accessories or enhancements built into, attached to, or sold with the device by the manufacturer for later attachment shall be tested with those accessories and enhancements installed or attached, as specified in Table 4.3.9, to ensure the performance and functions of the device.    

Page 148: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

3  

REV. 1/22/2016     

1.3.5 This standard shall not apply to criteria for use of two‐way, portable voice communications devices by the fire service.  1.4 Units. 

 1.4.1 In this standard, values for measurement are followed by an equivalent in  parentheses, but only the first stated value shall be regarded as the requirement.  1.4.2 Equivalent values in parentheses shall not be considered as the requirement because those values are approximate.   

Chapter 2   Referenced Publications  2.1 General. The documents or portions thereof listed in this chapter are referenced within this standard and shall be considered part of the requirements of this document.  2.2 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169‐7471.   NFPA 1221, Standard for the Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Emergency Services Communications systems, 2016 Edition.  NFPA 1500, Standard on Fire Department Occupational Safety and Health Program, 2018 Edition.  NFPA 1801, Standard on Thermal Imagers for the Fire Service, 2018 Edition.  NFPA 1971, Standard on Protective Ensembles for Structural Fire Fighting and Proximity Fire Fighting, 2018 Edition.  2.3 Other Publications.  2.3.1 ANSI Publications. American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43d Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.  2.3.2 ISA Publications. The International Society of Automation, 67 T.W. Alexander Drive, P.O. Box 12277, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709.  ANSI/ISA/UL 913, Standard for Intrinsically Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in Class I, II, III, Division 1, Hazardous (Classified) Locations, Sixth edition.  ASME B46.1, 2009, Surface Texture,  

Page 149: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

4  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 ANSI/ISA S1.13, Methods for Measurement of Sound Pressure Level, 2005.  ANSI S3.2 2009 (R2014) Method for Measuring the Intelligibility of Speech over Communication Systems,    2.3.2 ASTM Publications. ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428‐ 2959.   ASTM B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus, 2011.  ASTM D1003, Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics, 2013.  ASTM F903, Standard Test Method for Resistance of Materials Used in Protective Clothing to Penetration by Liquids, 2010.   2.3.3 ISO/IEC Publications. International Standards Organization, 1 rue de Varembé, Case Postale 56, CH‐1211 Genéve 20, Switzerland.  ISO 17493, Clothing and equipment for protection against heat — Test method for convective heat resistance using a hot air circulating oven, 2000.  IEC 60529, Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code) 2nd Edition, 2015   2.3.4 NIST Publications. National Institute of Standards and Technology, 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 1070, Gaithersburg, MD 20899‐1070.  NIST Technical Note 1477, Testing of Portable Radios in the firefighting environment, August 2006.  NIST Technical Note 1850, Performance of Portable Radios exposed to elevated temperatures, September 2014.  2.3.5. FCC     47 CFR Part 90 (Private Land Mobile Radio Services).  2.3.6. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA). 1320 North Courthouse Road, Suite 200 Arlington, VA 22201.  

Page 150: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

5  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 TIA 102.CCAA‐D Project 25 Digital C4FM/CQPSK Transceiver Measurement Methods.  TIA 603.D Land Mobile FM or PM Communications Equipment Measurement and performance standards.  TIA 4950 Requirements for Battery‐Powered, Portable Land Mobile Radio Applications in Class I, II, and III, Division 1, Hazardous (Classified) Locations.   2.3.7 US Government Publications.  Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter I, General, Federal Communications Commission, Subchapter A, General, Part 15, Radio Frequency Devices.  Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter I, Federal Communications Commission, Subchapter D , Safety and Special Radio Services, Part 90, Private Land Mobile Radio Services.   2.3.8 Other Publications. Merriam‐Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 11th edition, Merriam‐Webster, Inc., Springfield, MA, 2003.  2.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections. (Reserved)     Chapter 3   Definitions  

3.1   General. The definitions contained in this chapter shall apply to the terms used in this standard. Where terms are not defined in this chapter or within another chapter, they shall be defined using their ordinarily accepted meanings within the context in which they are used. Merriam‐Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, 12th edition, shall be the source for the ordinarily accepted meaning.  3.2 NFPA Official Definitions.   3.2.1* Approved. Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.  3.2.2* Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). An organization, office, or individual responsible for enforcing the requirements of a code or standard, or for approving equipment, materials, an installation, or a procedure.  

Page 151: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

6  

REV. 1/22/2016     

3.2.3 Labeled. Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of an organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation, that maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials, and by whose labeling the manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner.  3.2.4* Listed. Equipment, materials, or services included in a list published by an organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with evaluation of products or services, that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services, and whose listing states that either the equipment, material, or service meets appropriate designated standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.  3.2.5 Shall. Indicates a mandatory requirement.  3.2.6 Should. Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.  3.2.7 Standard. A document, the main text of which contains only mandatory provisions using the word “shall” to indicate requirements and which is in a form generally suitable for mandatory reference by another standard or code or for adoption into law. Nonmandatory provisions are not to be considered a part of the requirements of a standard and shall be located in an appendix, annex, footnote, informational note, or other means as permitted in the Manual of Style for NFPA Technical Committee Documents.  3.3 General Definitions.  3.3.1 Acceptable. Considered by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) as adequate for satisfying the goals, performance objectives, and/or performance criteria.  3.3.2 Accessory. An item, or items, that could be attached to a certified product, but are not necessary for the certified product to meet the requirements of the standard.   3.3.3 Accessory. [As applied to electronic products]  3.3.4 Activation Time. The time set for a communication event to transpire.  3.3.5 Alarm Signal. An audible warning that is identifiable as an indication that an emergency services person is in need of assistance.   

Page 152: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

7  

REV. 1/22/2016     

3.3.5.1 Evacuation Alarm. An alarm initiated by a base station, transmitted to a land mobile radio. The evacuation alarm warns emergency services personnel to evacuate the premises.  3.3.5.2 Loss‐of‐Signal Alarm. An audible or visual signal that is initiated automatically when the communication between a base station and land mobile radio is lost. The loss‐of‐signal alarm warns emergency services personnel that their land mobile radio is no longer in radio communication with the base station.  3.3.6 American National Standards Institute (ANSI). Founded in 1918, the Institute oversees the creation, promulgation and use of thousands of norms and guidelines that directly impact businesses in nearly every sector: from acoustical devices to construction equipment, from dairy and livestock production to energy distribution, and many more. ANSI is also actively engaged in accrediting programs that assess conformance to standards – including globally‐recognized cross‐sector programs such as the ISO 9000 (quality) and ISO 14000 (environmental) management systems.  3.3.7 Attached.   3.3.8 Attached. [As related to electronics]  3.3.9 Background Functions.   3.3.10 Background Functions. [As related to electronics]  3.3.11 Black body. An object that absorbs all electromagnetic radiation that falls onto it; no radiation passes through the object and none is reflected.  3.3.12 Bluetooth.   A wireless technology that allows data communications between 

devices over short ranges (1 to 100 meters).  Bluetooth is defined in the IEEE standard 

802.15.1. 

3.3.13 Certification/Certified. A system whereby a certification organization determines that a manufacturer has demonstrated the ability to produce a product that complies with the requirements of this standard, authorizes the manufacturer to use a label on listed products that comply with the requirements of this standard, and establishes a follow‐up program conducted by the certification organization as a check on the methods the manufacturer uses to determine continued compliance of labeled and listed products with the requirements of this standard.  3.3.14 Certification Organization. An independent third‐party organization that determines product compliance with the requirements of this standard using product testing and evaluation and that administers a labeling, listing, and follow‐up program.  

Page 153: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

8  

REV. 1/22/2016     

3.3.15 Channel. (1) An assigned operation range of frequencies. (2) A user selectable frequency pair used for radio communications  3.3.16 Char. The formation of a brittle residue when material is exposed to thermal energy.  3.3.17 Class I, Division. A Class I, Division 1 Location. (1) A location in which ignitable concentrations of flammable gases, flammable liquid–produced vapors, or combustible liquid–produced vapors can exist under normal operating conditions. (2) A location in which ignitable concentrations of such flammable gases, flammable liquid–produced vapors, or combustible liquids above their flash points may exist frequently because of repair or maintenance operations or because of leakage. (3) A location in which breakdown or faulty operation of equipment or processes might release ignitable concentrations of flammable gases, flammable liquid–produced vapors, or combustible liquid–produced vapors and might also cause simultaneous failure of electrical equipment in such a way as to directly cause the electrical equipment to become a source of ignition.  3.3.18 Class I, Division 2. A Class I, Division 2 Location. (1) A location in which volatile flammable gases, flammable liquid–produced vapors, or combustible liquid–produced vapors are handled, processed, or used, but in which the liquids, vapors, or gases will normally be confined within closed containers or closed systems from which they can escape only in case of accidental rupture or breakdown of such containers or systems or in case of abnormal operation of equipment. (2) A location in which ignitable concentrations of flammable gases, flammable liquid–produced vapors, or combustible liquid–produced vapors are normally prevented by positive mechanical ventilation, and which might become hazardous through failure or abnormal operation of the ventilating equipment. (3) A location that is adjacent to a Class I, Division 1 location, and to which ignitable concentrations of flammable gases, flammable liquid–produced vapors, or combustible liquid–produced vapors above their flash points might occasionally be communicated unless such communication is prevented by adequate positive‐pressure ventilation from a source of clean air and effective safeguards against ventilation failure.  3.3.19 Class II, Division 1. A Class II, Division 1 Location. (1) A location in which combustible dust is in the air under normal operating conditions in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures. (2) A location where mechanical failure or abnormal operation of machinery or equipment might cause such explosive or ignitable mixtures to be produced, and might also provide a source of ignition through simultaneous failure of electric equipment, through operation of protection devices, or from other causes. (3) A location in which Group E combustible dusts may be present in quantities sufficient to be hazardous.  3.3.20 Communications Device. A device that is used for the transmission and reception 

of voice, data, telemetry, or control information. 

Page 154: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

9  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 3.3.21 Compliance/Compliant. Meeting or exceeding all applicable requirements of this standard.  3.3.22 Compliant Product. Equipment that is certified to the applicable NFPA standard.  3.3.23 Component. Any material, part, or subassembly used in the construction of the compliant product.  3.3.24 Department of Homeland Security (DHS). The Department of Homeland Security’s mission is to secure the nation from the many threats we face. This requires the dedication of employees in jobs that range from aviation and border security to emergency response, from cyber security analyst to chemical facility inspector.  

3.3.25 Drip. To run or fall in drops or blobs.  3.3.26 Emergency Alert Button (EAB). Electronic device button to assist in alerting of an emergency.  3.3.27 Emergency Activation Time. The amount of time from when a user initiates emergency mode until the radio enters Emergency mode  3.3.28 Emergency ID. Unit Identification of a radio in an emergency state.  3.3.29 Emergency State/Mode. State of a radio after a user has declared an Emergency condition, usually characterized by a particular set of behaviors, displays and/or audible alerts.  3.3.30 Evacuation Alarm. An alarm initiated by a base station, transmitted to Land Mobile Radio. The evacuation alarm warns emergency services personnel to evacuate the premises.  3.3.31 Extreme Temperature Exposure.  An exposure to a temperature of 150 degrees 

Celsius (300 degrees Fahrenheit) or more for a period of greater than 5 seconds.  

3.3.32 Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA). A risk assessment technique for systematically identifying potential failures in a system or a process.  3.3.33 Federal Communications Commission (FCC). The FCC was formed by the Communications Act of 1934. The FCC's mandated to regulate interstate and international communications by radio, television, wire, satellite and cable in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and U.S. territories. An independent U.S. government agency overseen by Congress, the commission is the United States' primary authority for communications law, regulation and technological innovation.  

Page 155: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

10  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 3.3.34 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). The Federal Emergency Management Agency coordinates the federal government's role in preparing for, preventing, mitigating the effects of, responding to, and recovering from all domestic disasters, whether natural or man‐made, including acts of terror. FEMA can trace its beginnings to the Congressional Act of 1803.  FEMA’s mission is to support our citizens and first responders to ensure that as a nation we work together to build, sustain and improve our capability to prepare for, protect against, respond to, recover from and mitigate all hazards.  3.3.35 Hazard Zone Mode. (1) A setting in the unit that forces a group of features and parameters, which are identified throughout this document, required for use in the IDLH zone. (2) Communication features utilized in the area of emergency operations.  3.3.36 Factory Mutual Approvals (FM). Part of the FM Global group, founded in 1835, FM Approvals offers certification and testing services to manufacturers of fire protection equipment, electrical equipment, hazardous location equipment, fire detection, signaling and other electrical equipment, materials, roofing products and smoke detection.  3.3.37 Follow‐Up Program. The sampling, inspections, tests, or other measures conducted by the certification organization on a periodic basis to determine the continued compliance of labeled and listed products that are being produced by the manufacturer to the requirements of this standard.  3.3.38 Grayscale. A range of gray shades from white to black, as used in a monochrome display or printout. [Note: if committee decides to keep the following Figure, will need a title and explanation as to what the numbers indicate].  

  

  

  

  

Grey  Gray 

#D3D3D3  #808080 

211 211 211 

128 128 128 

Page 156: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

11  

REV. 1/22/2016     

  3.3.39 Handover. The process of maintaining active session(s) as the user’s equipment moves, traversing parts of the network’s coverage area that are served by different cells. Handover allows sessions associated with user’s equipment to be transferred from one cell site to another cell site in the wireless network.  3.3.40 Hazardous Area. An area of a structure or building that poses a degree of hazard greater than that normal to the general occupancy of the building or structure.  3.3.41 Hazardous (Classified) Location (HAZLOC). A location that is classified based on the properties of the flammable vapors, liquids, or gases, or combustible dusts or fibers that might be present and the likelihood that a flammable or combustible concentration or quantity is present.  3.3.42* Hazard Zone. (1) An area or location of an actively involved fire event or recently extinguished hot zone that requires entry by first responders. (2) The physical area where protective clothing is required to conduct emergency response activities.  3.3.43 HazLoc Certified Equipment. Equipment certified to be used in a specific 

Hazardous (Classified) Location by any of the applicable protection methods standards. 

There are a wide variety of protection methods and multiple levels of classified 

locations. Equipment must be suitable to its specific usage. Acceptance is governed by 

the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 

 

3.3.44 HazLoc Scene. A location or area that is likely to have gases, combustible dusts, 

or fibers in a flammable or combustible concentration or quantity due to a spontaneous 

accidental event. 

 3.3.45 Head and Torso Simulator (HATS). A mannequin with built‐in ear and mouth simulators that provides a realistic reproduction of the acoustic properties of an average adult human head and torso.  3.3.46 Icon. A symbol that represents an option, program, or system status.  3.3.47 Licensing Authority.  3.3.48 Non‐Hazard Zone Mode. A mode of operation of the device, as defined by the AHJ, which has different operational features than the hazard zone mode of operation.   This mode would be used when first responders are performing administrative, training, inspections, or other duties not in the hazard zone.  

Page 157: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

12  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 3.3.49 Interruption time. The length of time that it takes to switch between the two cell sites.  3.3.50 Intrinsic Safety “i.” Type of protection where any spark or thermal effect is incapable of causing ignition of a mixture of flammable or combustible material in air under prescribed test conditions.  3.3.51 Intrinsically Safe Apparatus. Apparatus in which all the circuits are intrinsically safe.  3.3.52 Intrinsically Safe Circuit. A circuit in which any spark or thermal effect is incapable of causing ignition of a mixture of flammable or combustible material in air under prescribed test conditions.  3.3.53 Intrinsically Safe System. An assembly of interconnected intrinsically safe apparatus, associated apparatus, and interconnecting cables, in that those parts of the system that may be used in hazardous (classified) locations are intrinsically safe circuits.  3.3.54 Land Mobile Radio (LMR). A portable wireless communication device.  3.3.55 Licensing Authority.  The government agency, usually at the federal level of a 

country or other geo‐political entity, that licenses radio frequency equipment for 

manufacture and/or use within its jurisdiction. 

3.3.56 Out‐of‐Range Indication. An audible signal that is initiated automatically when the communication between a base station and land mobile radio is lost. The out‐of‐range indication warns emergency services personnel that their land mobile radio is no longer in communication with the base station.  3.3.57 Manufacturer. The entity that directs and controls any of the following: compliant product design, compliant product manufacturing, or compliant product quality assurance; or the entity that assumes liability for the compliant product or provides the warranty for the compliant product.  3.3.58 MDC. An early form of digital signaling that used audio frequency shift keying.     3.3.59 Melt. A response to heat by a material resulting in evidence of flowing or dripping.  3.3.53 Microphone Measurement Point (MMP). A point 1.5 m in front of and on the axis of the lip position of typical human mouth (or artificial mouth) and 1.5 m above the floor.  

Page 158: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

13  

REV. 1/22/2016     

3.3.54 Mobile. A communications device that is mounted in a vehicle. 

 3.3.55 Mobility management. Mobility management is a key element of the Nationwide Public Safety Broadband Network (NPSBN) that allows user equipment to work across the network. The aim of mobility management is to track where the user equipment is allowing services to be delivered to the user equipment.  3.3.56 Mode.  A means of categorizing a collection of features used in a specific 

operational situation. Such features could include a radio channel, talk paths in a 

conventional system or a talkgroup in a trunked system, a CTCSS tone, an encryption 

type, or another feature. 

3.3.57 Model. The collective term used to identify a group of individual elements or items of the same basic design and components from a single manufacturer produced by the same manufacturing and quality assurance procedures that are covered by the same certification.   3.3.58 Mouth Reference Point (MRP). A point 50 mm in front of and on the axis of the lip position of a typical human mouth (or artificial mouth).  3.3.59 National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST). Founded in 1901 and part of the U.S. Department of Commerce, NIST is one of the nation's oldest physical science laboratories. Congress established the agency.  3.3.60 Nonincendive. Electrical equipment and associated wiring that are incapable, under normal operating conditions, of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy to cause ignition of specific hazardous materials in their most easily ignited concentrations in air.  3.3.61 Nonincendive Circuit. A circuit, other than field wiring, in which any arc or thermal effect produced under intended operating conditions of the equipment, is not capable, under specified test conditions, of igniting the flammable gas–air, vapor–air, or dust–air mixture.  3.3.62 Nonincendive Component. A component having contacts for making or breaking an incendive circuit and the contacting mechanism is constructed so that the component is incapable of igniting the specified flammable gas–air or vapor–air mixture. The housing of a nonincendive component is not intended to exclude the flammable atmosphere or contain an explosion.  3.3.63 Nonincendive Equipment. Equipment having electrical/electronic circuitry that is incapable, under normal operating conditions, of causing ignition of a specified flammable gas–air, vapor–air, or dust–air mixture due to arcing or thermal means 

Page 159: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

14  

REV. 1/22/2016     

incapable, under normal operating conditions, of causing ignition of a specified flammable gas–air, vapor–air, or dust–air mixture due to arcing or thermal means.  3.3.64 National Public Safety Telecommunications Council (NPSTC). The National Public Safety Telecommunications Council is a federation of organizations whose mission is to improve public safety communications and interoperability through collaborative leadership.  3.3.65 Office of Emergency Communications (OEC).   3.3.66 Occupational, Safety & Health Administration (OSHA).   3.3.67 Passive Function.   3.3.68 PESQ.  Perceptual Evaluation of Speech Quality, is a subjective test process for 

speech quality on telecommunications equipment which can be automated.  PESQ is 

defined in the ITU –T recommendation P.862 (O2/01). 

3.3.69 Pink Noise. Noise that contains constant energy per octave band.  3.3.70 Portable. A communications device that is either carried by an individual or worn 

on the body. 

 

3.3.71 Product. See 3.3.22, Compliant Product.  3.3.72 Product Label. A marking provided by the manufacturer for each compliant product containing compliant statements, certification statements, manufacturer and model information, or similar data. The product label is not the certification organization’s label, symbol, or identifying mark; however, the certification organization’s label, symbol, or identifying mark is attached to or is part of the product label.  3.3.73 Programmable Features. A feature or function that can be enabled or disabled by programming the Land Mobile Radio prior to operation.  3.3.74 Rating.   3.3.75 RF Interference. An unwanted radio‐frequency signal.  3.3.76 RF Transceiver. A radio system capable of both transmitting and receiving a modulated radio‐frequency (RF) signal that is then converted to an audio and/or data signal; used to transmit and receive signals.  

Page 160: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

15  

REV. 1/22/2016     

3.3.77 Roaming. The process supporting the movement of the user’s equipment outside the geographical coverage area of its home network.  3.3.78 Remote Speaker/Device Microphone (RSM/RSD). A device that places the radio microphone and speaker remotely from the radio and near the face of the user.  3.3.79 Safety Alert. The procedure by which a manufacturer notifies users, the marketplace, and distributors of potential safety concerns regarding a product.  3.3.80 Sample. (1) The ensemble, element, component, or composite that is conditioned for testing. (2) Ensembles, elements, items, or components that are randomly selected from the manufacturer’s production line, from the manufacturer’s inventory, or from the open market. 

 3.3.81 Sensitivity. The degree of response of a receiver or instrument to an incoming signal or to a change in the incoming signal.  3.3.82 Sensitivity Mode. An operational function that relates to the degree to which temperature differences are resolved.  3.3.83 Service Life. The period for which compliant product may be useful before retirement.  3.3.84 Sound Pressure Level (SPL). The local pressure deviation from the ambient (average, or equilibrium) atmospheric pressure caused by a sound wave.  3.3.85 Specimen. The conditioned ensemble, element, item, or component that is tested. Specimens are taken from samples.  3.3.86 Speech Transmission Index (STI). A measure of intelligibility of speech quality on a scale of intelligibility, whose values vary from 0 (completely unintelligible) to 1 (perfect intelligibility).  3.3.87 Talk group.  A working group of users who communicate as a team and to whom it is important that every team member hear every transmission from any other team member, and every team member be able to initiate a transmission to the other team members.  Talk groups may also have some unique and common features, such as a priority level of transmission, a common encryption code, etc.  Talk groups are typically associated with trunked radio systems, as opposed to conventional radio systems that do not use trunking techniques.  3.3.88 TBSK.  A form of signaling that uses the P25 digital protocol for ID, emergency, and similar messages, but sends them on an analog voice system.    

Page 161: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

16  

REV. 1/22/2016     

3.3.89 Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA). The Telecommunications Industry Association is the leading trade association representing the global information and communications technology industry through standards development, policy initiatives, business opportunities, market intelligence and networking events.  TIA is accredited by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) as a standards developing organization.   

3.3.90 Transient HazLoc Use. Use case defined by the temporary carrying of active portable devices through a Hazardous (Classified) Location. Example, a portable Land Mobile Radio carried by a security guard through both Classified and non Classified areas as part of a daily routine, which spends the majority of its time in an unclassified location.  

3.3.91 Underwriters’ Laboratories (UL). Founded in 1894, UL certifies, validates, tests, inspects, audits, advises, and trains. They provide knowledge and expertise to help customers navigate growing complexities across the supply chain from compliance and regulatory issues to trade challenges and market access.  3.3.92 United States Fire Administration (USFA). As an entity of the Department of Homeland Security's Federal Emergency Management Agency, the mission of the USFA is to provide national leadership to foster a solid foundation for our fire and emergency services stakeholders in prevention, preparedness, and response.  3.3.93 Zone. (1) A geographically defined area where communications are transmitted and received. (2) A collection of channels, talk groups or talk paths.   Chapter 4 Certification   4.1 General.  4.1.1 For the process of certification of two‐way, portable voice communications device as being compliant with NFPA 1802, all two‐way, portable voice communications devices shall meet the requirements of Section 4.1, General; Section 4.2, Certification Program; Section 4.3, Inspection and Testing; Section 4.4, Annual Verification of Product Compliance; Section 4.5, Manufacturers’ Quality Assurance Program; Section 4.6, Hazards Involving Compliant Product; Section 4.7, Manufacturers’ Investigation of Complaints and Returns; and Section 4.8, Manufacturers’ Safety Alert and Product Recall Systems.  4.1.2 All certification shall be performed by a certification organization that meets the requirements specified in Section 4.2, Certification Program, and that is accredited for personal protective equipment in accordance with ISO 17065, Conformity assessment ‐ 

Page 162: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

17  

REV. 1/22/2016     

Requirements for bodies certifying products, processes and services. The accreditation shall be issued by an accreditation body operating in accordance with ISO 17011, Conformity assessment— General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity assessment bodies.  4.1.3 Manufacturers shall not claim compliance with portions or segments of the requirements of this standard and shall not use the NFPA name or the name or identification of this standard, NFPA 1802, in any statements about their respective product(s) unless the product(s) is certified as compliant with all applicable requirements of this standard.  4.1.4 Where two‐way, portable voice communications devices are compliant, the product shall be labeled and listed.  4.1.5 Where two‐way, portable voice communications devices are compliant, the product shall also have a product label that meets the requirements specified in Section 5.1, Product Label Requirements.  4.1.6 The certification organization’s label, symbol, or identifying mark shall be attached to the product label, shall be part of the product label, or shall be immediately adjacent to the product label.  4.2 Certification Program.  4.2.1 The certification organization shall not be owned or controlled by the manufacturers or vendors of the product being certified.  4.2.2 The certification organization shall be primarily engaged in certification work and shall not have a monetary interest in the product’s ultimate profitability.  4.2.3 The certification organization shall be accredited for personal protective equipment in accordance with ISO 17065, Requirements for bodies certifying products, processes and services. The accreditation shall be issued by an accreditation body operating in accordance with ISO 17011, Conformity assessment— General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity assessment bodies.  4.2.4 The certification organization shall refuse to certify products to this standard that do not comply with all applicable requirements of this standard.  4.2.5 The contractual provisions between the certification organization and the manufacturer shall specify that certification is contingent on compliance with all applicable requirements of this standard.  

Page 163: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

18  

REV. 1/22/2016     

4.2.5.1 The certification organization shall not offer or confer any conditional, temporary, or partial certifications.  4.2.5.2 Manufacturers shall not be authorized to use any label or reference to the certification organization on products that are not compliant with all applicable requirements of this standard.  4.2.6 The certification organization shall have laboratory facilities and equipment available for conducting required tests to determine product compliance.  4.2.6.1 The certification organization laboratory facilities shall have a program in place and functioning for calibration of all instruments, and procedures shall be in use to ensure accurate control of all testing.  4.2.6.2 The certification organization laboratory facilities shall follow good practice regarding the use of laboratory manuals, form data sheets, documented calibration and calibration routines, performance verification, proficiency testing, and staff qualification and training programs.  4.2.7 The certification organization shall require the manufacturer to establish and maintain a quality assurance program that meets the requirements of Section 4.5, Manufacturers’ Quality Assurance Program.  4.2.7.1 The certification organization shall require the manufacturer to have a product recall system specified in Section 4.8, Manufacturers’ Safety Alert and Product Recall Systems, as part of the manufacturers’ quality assurance program.  4.2.7.2 The certification organization shall audit the manufacturer’s quality assurance program to ensure that the quality assurance program provides continued product compliance with this standard.  4.2.8 The certification organization and the manufacturer shall evaluate any changes affecting the form, fit, or function of the compliant product to determine its continued certification to this standard.  4.2.9 The certification organization shall have a follow‐up inspection program of the manufacturer’s facilities of the compliant product with at least two random and unannounced visits per 12‐month period to verify the product’s continued compliance.  4.2.9.1 As part of the follow‐up inspection program, the certification organization shall select samples of the compliant product at random from the manufacturer’s production line, from the manufacturer’s in‐house stock, or from the open market.  

Page 164: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

19  

REV. 1/22/2016     

4.2.9.2 Samples shall be evaluated by the certification organization to verify the product’s continued compliance in order to ensure that the materials, components, and manufacturing quality assurance systems are consistent with the materials, components, and manufacturing quality assurance that were inspected and tested by the certification organization during initial certification and recertification.  4.2.9.3 The certification organization shall be permitted to conduct specific testing to verify the product’s continued compliance.  4.2.9.4 For products, components, and materials where prior testing, judgment, and experience of the certification organization have shown results to be in jeopardy of not complying with this standard, the certification organization shall conduct more frequent testing of sample product, components, and materials acquired in accordance with 4.2.9.1 against the applicable requirements of this standard.  4.2.10 The certification organization shall have in place a series of procedures, as specified in Section 4.6, Hazards Involving Compliant Product, that address reports of situations in which a compliant product is subsequently found to be hazardous.  4.2.11 The certification organization’s operating procedures shall provide a mechanism for the manufacturer to appeal decisions. The procedures shall include the presentation of information from both sides of a controversy to a designated appeals panel.  4.2.12 The certification organization shall be in a position to use legal means to protect the integrity of its name and label. The name and label shall be registered and legally defended.  4.3 Inspection and Testing.  4.3.1 For both initial certification and recertification of compliant products, the certification organization shall conduct both inspection and testing as specified in this section.  4.3.2 All inspections, evaluations, conditioning, and testing for certification or for recertification shall be conducted by a certification organization’s testing laboratory that is accredited in accordance with the requirements of ISO 17025, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories.  4.3.2.1 The certification organization’s testing laboratory’s scope of accreditation to ISO 17025, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories, shall encompass testing of two‐way, portable voice communications devices.   

Page 165: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

20  

REV. 1/22/2016     

4.3.2.2 The accreditation of a certification organization’s testing laboratory shall be issued by an accreditation body operating in accordance with ISO 17011, Conformity assessment— General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity assessment bodies.  4.3.3 A certification organization shall be permitted to utilize conditioning and testing results conducted by a product or component manufacturer for certification or recertification, provided the manufacturer’s testing laboratory meets the requirements specified in 4.3.3.1 through 4.3.3.5.  4.3.3.1 The manufacturer’s testing laboratory shall be accredited in accordance with the requirements of ISO 17025, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories.  4.3.3.2 The manufacturer’s testing laboratory’s scope of accreditation to ISO 17025, General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories, shall encompass testing of two‐way, portable voice communications devices.   4.3.3.3 The accreditation of a manufacturer’s testing laboratory shall be issued by an accreditation body operating in accordance with ISO 17011, Conformity assessment — General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity assessment bodies.  4.3.3.4 The certification organization shall approve the manufacturer’s testing laboratory.  4.3.3.5 The certification organization shall determine the level of supervision and witnessing of the conditioning and testing for certification or recertification conducted at the manufacturer’s testing laboratory.  4.3.4 Sampling levels for testing and inspection shall be established by the certification organization and the manufacturer to ensure a reasonable and acceptable reliability at a reasonable and acceptable confidence level that products certified to this standard are compliant, unless such sampling levels are specified herein.  4.3.5 Inspection and evaluation by the certification organization shall include a review of all product labels to ensure that all required label attachments, compliance statements, certification statements, and other product information are at least as specified for two‐way, portable voice communications devices in Section 5.1, Product Label Requirements.  4.3.6 Inspection and evaluation by the certification organization shall include an evaluation of any symbols and pictorial graphic representations used on product labels 

Page 166: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

21  

REV. 1/22/2016     

or in user information, as permitted in 5.1.5, to ensure that the symbols are clearly explained in the product’s user information package.  4.3.7 Inspection and evaluation by the certification organization shall include a review of the user information required by Section 5.2, User Information, to ensure that the information has been developed and is available.  4.3.8 Inspection and evaluation by the certification organization for determining compliance with the design requirements specified in Chapter 6 shall be performed on whole or complete products.  4.3.9 Testing to determine compliance of the two‐way, portable voice communications device and the components that are necessary for the proper operation of the two‐way, portable voice communications devices with the performance requirements specified in Chapter 7 shall be conducted by the certification organization in accordance with the specified testing requirements of Chapter 8. The order of testing shall be conducted as specified in Table 4.3.9.   Table 4.3.9 Test Matrix Table  

Specimen 1‐3  Specimen 4‐6  Specimen 7‐9  Specimen 10‐12  Specimen 13‐15  Specimen 16‐18 

Heat / Flame (Section 8.9)  

Vibration Resistance (Section 8.4) 

Impact Accelerated 

Resistance Test (Section 8.5) 

Water Drainage Resistance Test (Section 8.13) 

Case Integrity (Section 8.12) 

TIA Transmit Power (Section 

8.15) 

PESQ (Section 8.2) 

PESQ (Section 8.2) 

PESQ (Section 8.2) 

PESQ (Section 8.2) 

Heat Resistance (Section 8.8) 

TIA Frequency Drift (Section 

8.16) 

     Cable Pull Out Test (Section 

8.11) 

Corrosion Resistance Test (Section 8.6) 

PESQ (Section 8.2) 

TIA Receiver Sensitivity 

(Section 8.17) 

     PESQ (Section 

8.2) 

Label Durability and Legibility (Section 8.10) 

Label Durability and Legibility (Section 8.10) 

Heat and Immersion Leakage 

Resistance (Section 8.3) 

        PESQ (Section 

8.2)   

PESQ (Section 8.2) 

 4.3.9.1 Testing shall be performed on new two‐way, portable voice communications devices.  

Page 167: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

NFPA 1802, Table 4.3.9 

 

                                                             

Specimen 1‐3  Specimen 4‐6  Specimen 7‐9  Specimen 10‐12  Specimen 13‐15  Specimen 16‐18  Specimen 19‐21  N/A 

Heat / Flame 

(Section 8.9)  

Vibration 

Resistance 

(Section 8.4) 

Impact 

Accelerated 

Resistance Test 

(Section 8.5) 

Water Drainage 

Resistance Test 

(Section 8.13) 

Case Integrity 

(Section 8.12) 

TIA Transmit 

Power (Section 

8.15) 

Durability 

Resistance 

(Section 8.14) 

Viewing Surface 

Abrasion 

Resistance 

(Section 8.7) 

PESQ (Section 

8.2) 

PESQ (Section 

8.2) 

PESQ (Section 

8.2) 

PESQ (Section 

8.2) 

Heat Resistance 

(Section 8.8) 

TIA Frequency 

Drift (Section 

8.16) 

PESQ (Section 

8.2)   

     

Cable Pull Out 

Test (Section 

8.11) 

Corrosion 

Resistance Test 

(Section 8.6) 

PESQ (Section 

8.2) 

TIA Receiver 

Sensitivity 

(Section 8.17) 

Label Durability 

and Legibility 

(Section 8.10) 

  

     PESQ (Section 

8.2) 

Label Durability 

and Legibility 

(Section 8.10) 

Label Durability 

and Legibility 

(Section 8.10) 

Heat and 

Immersion 

Leakage 

Resistance 

(Section 8.3) 

     

        PESQ (Section 

8.2)   

PESQ (Section 

8.2)      

 

 

 

Page 168: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

22  

REV. 1/22/2016     

4.3.9.2 Testing shall be performed on specimens representative of materials and components used in the actual construction of the compliant product.  4.3.9.3 The certification organization also shall be permitted to use sample materials cut from a representative product.  4.3.9.4 Where any manufacturer‐supplied accessories, enhancements, or both are built into, attached to, or detachable from the two‐way, portable voice communications devices, the certification organization shall inspect and evaluate the two‐way, portable voice communications devices as specified in Chapter 6 and shall test the two‐way, portable voice communications devices as specified in Chapter 8. The two‐way, portable voice communications devices shall meet all the performance requirements specified in Chapter 7 with those accessories and enhancements installed or attached to ensure that the performance and functions of the two‐way, portable voice communications devices are not reduced or otherwise negatively affected.   4.3.10 The certification organization shall accept from the manufacturer, for evaluation and testing for certification, only product or product components that are the same in every respect as the actual final product or product component.  4.3.11 The certification organization shall not allow any modifications, pretreatment, conditioning, or other such special processes of the product or any product component prior to the product’s submission for evaluation and testing by the certification organization.   4.3.12 The certification organization shall not allow the substitution, repair, or modification, other than as specifically permitted herein, of any product or any product component during testing.  4.3.13 The certification organization shall not allow test specimens that have been conditioned and tested for one method to be reconditioned and tested for another test method unless specifically permitted in the test method.  4.3.14 Material changes in the form, fit, or function of a compliant product shall necessitate new inspection and testing to verify compliance to all applicable requirements of this standard that the certification organization determines can be affected by such change. This recertification shall be conducted before labeling the modified product as being compliant with this standard.  4.3.15 The manufacturer shall maintain all design, performance, inspection, and test data from the certification organization used in the certification of the manufacturer’s compliant product. The manufacturer shall provide such data, upon request, to the purchaser or authority having jurisdiction (AHJ).  

Page 169: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

23  

REV. 1/22/2016     

4.4 Annual Verification of Product Compliance.  4.4.1 All two‐way, portable voice communications devices that are certified as compliant with this standard shall undergo recertification on an annual basis. This recertification shall include the following:  (1) Inspection and evaluation to all design requirements as required by this standard on all manufacturer’s models and components (2) Testing to all performance requirements as required by this standard on all manufacturer’s models and components within the following protocol: (a) Where a test method incorporates testing both before and after preconditioning and the test generates quantitative results, recertification testing shall be limited to the conditioning that yielded the worst case test result during the initial certification for the model or component. (b) Where a test method requires testing of three specimens, a minimum of one specimen shall be tested for annual recertification. (c) Where a test method requires testing of five or more specimens, a minimum of two specimens shall be tested for annual recertification.  4.4.2 Samples of manufacturer’s models and components for recertification acquired from the manufacturer or a component supplier during random and unannounced visits as part of the follow‐up inspection program in accordance with 4.2.9 shall be permitted to be used toward annual recertification.  4.4.3 The manufacturer shall maintain all design, performance inspections and test data from the certification organization used in the recertification of manufacturer’s models and components. The manufacturer shall provide such data, upon request, to the purchaser or AHJ.  4.5 Manufacturers’ Quality Assurance Program.  4.5.1 The manufacturer shall provide and operate a quality assurance program that meets the requirements of this section and that includes a product recall system as specified in 4.2.7.1 and Section 4.8, Manufacturers’ Safety Alert and Product Recall Systems.  4.5.2 The operation of the quality assurance program shall evaluate and test compliant product production to the requirements of this standard to ensure that production remains in compliance.  4.5.3 The manufacturer shall be registered to ISO 9001, Quality management systems — Requirements.  

Page 170: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

24  

REV. 1/22/2016     

4.5.3.1 Registration to the requirements of ISO 9001, Quality management systems — Requirements, shall be conducted by a registrar that is accredited for personal protective equipment in accordance with ISO/IEC 17021, Conformity assessment – Requirements for bodies providing audit and certification of management systems.  4.5.3.2 The scope of the ISO registration shall include at least the design and manufacturing systems management for the personal protective equipment being certified.  4.5.3.3 The registrar shall affix the accreditation mark on the ISO registration certificate.  4.5.4 Any entity that meets the definition of manufacturer specified in 3.3.15 and therefore is considered to be the “manufacturer” but does not manufacture or assemble the compliant product shall meet the requirements specified in Section 4.5.  4.5.5 Where the manufacturer uses subcontractors in the construction or assembly of the compliant product, the locations and names of all subcontractor facilities shall be documented, and the documentation shall be provided to the manufacturer’s ISO registrar and the certification organization.  4.6 Hazards Involving Compliant Product.  4.6.1 The certification organization shall establish procedures to be followed where situation(s) are reported in which a compliant product is subsequently found to be hazardous. These procedures shall comply with the provisions of ISO 27, Guidelines for corrective action to be taken by a certification body in the event of misuse of its mark of conformity, and as modified herein.  4.6.2 Where a report of a hazard involved with a compliant product is received by the certification organization, the validity of the report shall be investigated.  4.6.3 With respect to a compliant product, a hazard shall be a condition, or create a situation, that results in exposing life, limb, or property to a dangerous or imminently dangerous condition.  4.6.4 Where a specific hazard is identified, the determination of the appropriate action for the certification organization and the manufacturer to undertake shall take into consideration the severity of the hazard and its consequences to the safety and health of users.  4.6.5 Where it is established that a hazard is involved with a compliant product, the certification organization shall determine the scope of the hazard, including products, model numbers, serial numbers, factory production facilities, production runs, and quantities involved. 

Page 171: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

25  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 4.6.6 The certification organization’s investigation shall include, but not be limited to, the extent and scope of the problem as it might apply to other compliant product or compliant product components manufactured by other manufacturers or certified by other certification organizations.  4.6.7 The certification organization shall also investigate reports of a hazard where compliant product is gaining widespread use in applications not foreseen when the standard was written. Such applications in turn being ones for which the product was not certified, and no specific scope of application has been provided in the standard, and no limiting scope of application was provided by the manufacturer in written material accompanying the compliant product at the point of sale.  4.6.8 The certification organization shall require the manufacturer of the compliant product or the manufacturer of the compliant product component if applicable, to assist the certification organization in the investigation and to conduct its own investigation as specified in Section 4.7, Manufacturers’ Investigation of Complaints and Returns.  4.6.9 Where the facts indicating a need for corrective action are conclusive and the certification organization’s appeal procedures referenced in 4.2.12 have been followed, the certification organization shall initiate corrective action immediately, provided there is a manufacturer to be held responsible for such action.  4.6.10 Where the facts are conclusive and corrective action is indicated, but there is no manufacturer to be held responsible, such as when the manufacturer is out of business or the manufacturer is bankrupt, the certification organization shall immediately notify relevant governmental and regulatory agencies and issue a notice to the user community about the hazard.  4.6.11 Where the facts are conclusive and corrective action is indicated, the certification organization shall take one or more of the following corrective actions:  (1) Parties authorized and responsible for issuing a safety alert shall be notified when, in the opinion of the certification organization, such a safety alert is necessary to inform the users. (2) Parties authorized and responsible for issuing a product recall shall be notified when, in the opinion of the certification organization, such a recall is necessary to protect the users. (3) The mark of certification shall be removed from the product. (4) Where a hazardous condition exists and it is not practical to implement the corrective actions in 4.6.11(1), 4.6.11(2), or 4.6.11(3) or where the responsible parties refuse to take corrective action, the certification organization shall notify relevant governmental and regulatory agencies and issue a notice to the user community about the hazard. 

Page 172: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

26  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 4.6.12 The certification organization shall provide a report to the organization or individual identifying the reported hazardous condition and notify that organization or individual of the corrective action indicated or that no corrective action is indicated.  4.7 Manufacturers’ Investigation of Complaints and Returns.  4.7.1 Manufacturers shall provide corrective action in accordance with ISO 9001, Quality management systems — Requirements, for investigating written complaints and returned products.   4.7.2 Manufacturers’ records of returns and complaints related to safety issues shall be retained for at least 5 years.  4.7.3 Where the manufacturer discovers, during the review of specific returns or complaints, that a compliant product or compliant product component can constitute a potential safety risk to end users and is possibly subject to a safety alert or product recall, the manufacturer shall immediately contact the certification organization and provide all information about its review to assist the certification organization with the investigation.  4.8 Manufacturers’ Safety Alert and Product Recall Systems.  4.8.1 Manufacturers shall establish a written safety alert system and a written product recall system that describes the procedures to be used in the event that they decide or are directed by the certification organization to either issue a safety alert or conduct a product recall.  4.8.2 The manufacturers’ safety alert and product recall systems shall provide the following:  (1) The establishment of a coordinator and responsibilities by the manufacturer for the handling of safety alerts and product recalls (2) A method of notifying all dealers, distributors, purchasers, users, and the NFPA about the safety alert or product recall that can be initiated within 1 week following the manufacturer’s decision to issue a safety alert or to conduct a product recall or after the manufacturer has been directed by the certification organization to issue a safety alert or conduct a product recall (3) Techniques for communicating accurately and understandably the nature of the safety alert or product recall and, in particular, the specific hazard or safety issue found to exist (4) Procedures for removing product that is recalled and for documenting the effectiveness of the product recall 

Page 173: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

27  

REV. 1/22/2016     

(5) A plan for repairing or replacing product or for compensating purchasers for returned product   Chapter 5 Product Labeling and Information  5.1 Product Label Requirements.  5.1.1 Each compliant two‐way, portable voice communications device shall have a product label permanently and conspicuously attached to the complete assembled product.  5.1.2 Multiple label pieces shall be permitted in order to carry all statements and information required to be on the product label; however, all label pieces that the product label comprises shall be located adjacent to each other.  5.1.3 The certification organization’s label, symbol, or identifying mark shall be attached to the product label or be part of the product label and shall be placed in a conspicuous location. All letters shall be at least 1.5 mm (1⁄32 in.) in height, and the label, symbol, or identifying mark shall be at least 6 mm (1⁄4 in.) in height. The font Arial in capital le ers shall be used for all label lettering.  5.1.4 All worded portions of the required product label shall be at least in English.  5.1.5 Symbols and other pictorial graphic representations shall be permitted to be used to supplement worded statements on the product label(s).  5.1.6 The following compliance statement shall be legibly printed on the product label:  

“THIS TWO‐WAY, PORTABLE VOICE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 1802, STANDARD ON TWO‐WAY, PORTABLE VOICE 

COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES FOR USE BY EMERGENCY SERVICES PERSONNEL IN THE HAZARD ZONE, 20XX EDITION. 

DO NOT REMOVE THIS LABEL!”  

5.1.7 Each two‐way portable voice communications device shall be marked directly with the serial number and the year and month of manufacture.  5.1.8 All rechargeable power sources provided by the two‐way portable voice communications device manufacturer shall be marked with a serial number and the year and date of manufacture.  

Page 174: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

28  

REV. 1/22/2016     

5.1.9 Accessories and components certified shall contain an approval identifier indicating certification to this standard and shall include the year and month of manufacture.   5.2 User Information.  5.2.1 The manufacturer shall provide with each product at least the informational material and user instructions specified in Section 5.2.  5.2.2 At the time of purchase, the manufacturer shall provide to the purchaser an information sheet with each product that documents at least the following:  (1) Date of manufacture (2) Model number (3) Serial number (4) Lot number, if applicable  5.2.3* Information and materials regarding use shall be provided on at least the following topics:  (1) Safety considerations (2) Pre‐use checks (3) Limitations of use (4) Power source requirements, type, and brand (5) Estimated operation time on fully charged power source in each available mode (6) Low‐power source signals and power supply replacement, where applicable (7) Charging and recharging procedures (8) Marking recommendations and restrictions (9) Warranty information (10) Recommended storage practices (11) Mounting on/in vehicles or fire apparatus   5.2.4 Information and operational materials regarding periodic inspections shall be provided on at least inspection frequency and details.  5.2.5 Information and operational materials regarding proper operational use shall be provided.   5.2.6 Information and operational materials regarding periodic maintenance and cleaning shall be provided on at least the following areas:  (1) Cleaning instructions and precautions (2) Disinfecting procedures 

Page 175: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

29  

REV. 1/22/2016     

(3) Maintenance frequency and details (4) Guidelines for service and repair  5.2.7 Information and operational materials regarding replacement and retirement considerations for two‐way portable voice communications device and components shall be provided.   Chapter 6 Design Requirements  6.1 General Design Requirements  6.1.1 All devices shall also have at least the applicable design requirements specified in Section 9.3.6 of NFPA 1221: Standard for the Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Emergency Services Communications Systems, 2016 edition.  6.1.1 All devices shall be interoperable with all optional components including, but not limited to: 

(1) remote speaker microphones (RSM) (2) self‐contained breathing apparatus  

6.1.1.2 The devices may be interoperable by wired or wireless communication systems, or both.  6.1.2 This standard does not apply to voice amplification devices.  6.1.2 All devices shall have at least the applicable design requirements specified in this chapter when inspected and evaluated by the certification organization as specified in 4.3, Inspection and Testing.  6.1.3 All devices shall be capable of continuously operating for a minimum of 8 hours when operated at full transmit power for 5%, active receive at rated volume for 5%, and idle receive for 90% of the 8 hour time without the power source being changed or recharged in all transmission modes.    6.1.3.1 Transmission modes shall include analog FM.  6.1.3.2 Transmission modes may include, but not be limited to, the following   (1) Analog FM   (2) P25 Trunked (Phase 1 and Phase 2)   (3) P25 Conventional  6.1.4 All devices shall have a visual indicator that displays the status of power source when activated. 

Page 176: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

30  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 6.1.4.1 The Power source visual indicator shall display visual information signals for remaining power capacity at 75‐100%, 50‐75%, 25‐50% and 25%.  6.1.4.2 The power source visual indicator shall flash at less than 25%.  6.1.5 All operational selection devices, including but not limited to switches, buttons and keys, shall be rated for not less than 50,000 cycles.  6.1.5.1 Rotary knobs shall be rated for not less than 10,000 cycles.  6.1.6 All operational selection devices shall be designed to prevent unintentional activation, deactivation, and change of operation.  6.1.7 All operational selection devices shall be capable of being switched by a gloved hand.   6.1.7.1 The gloves used for this function test shall be certified as compliant with the structural fire‐fighting glove requirements of NFPA1971, Standard on Protective Ensembles for Structural Fire Fighting and Proximity Fire Fighting.  6.1.7.2 The gloves shall meet the following requirements:     (1) Size Large 

  (2) Outer shell shall be a minimum of 3.25 oz/yd2 American sourced and tanned cowhide 

    (3) Thermal liner system shall be a minimum of 7.5 oz/yd2  6.1.8 All devices shall be capable of both the hazard zone mode and non‐hazard zone mode.   6.1.9 The hazard zone mode shall prevent the radio volume from falling below 25% of maximum at the counterclockwise stop.  6.1.9.1 All devices shall have the capability to enable hazard zone mode globally via a programmable switch activation, or also by being pre‐programmed to a TG by channel, talk group or talk path via use of the mode switch.  6.1.10 Radio shall fully recharge regardless of degree of discharge in 1 hour maximum.  6.1.10.1 Battery charger shall use intelligent charging that senses the battery chemistry type and charges in a way to help prolong battery life.   6.2 Controls 

Page 177: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

31  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 6.2.1 The front of the device shall be the side facing the viewer when the push‐to‐talk (PTT) button is located on the left side.     6.2.2 The top of the device shall include the following controls and features:  (1) Power knob (2) Selector knob (3) Emergency button (4) Antenna  (5) Display (6) FCC transmit indicator (7) Selector switch capable of at least three‐positions (8) Programmable selector switch capable of at least two‐positions  6.2.3 Any additional controls or features on the top of the radio shall not interfere with any of the required controls  6.2.4 The left side of the device shall include the following: (1) Push‐to‐talk button (PTT) (2) At least one programmable button  6.2.4.1 Any additional controls or features on the left side of the device shall not interfere with any of the required controls  6.2.5 The right side of the device shall include a Universal Optional Component Connector that will provide sufficient connections to enable the use of a RSM with the functionality defined in 6.7.   6.2.5.1 Any additional controls or features on the right side of the device shall not interfere with the operation of the required Universal Optional Component Connector.  6.2.5.2 The Universal Optional Component Connector shall have the ability to sense the presence of the RSM, such that the RSM is not present (because of not being connected, or because of RSM failure detected upon the periodic self‐diagnostic checks, the device’s internal speaker and the microphone will be activated.  6.2.6 The device shall include the following: (1) Speaker (2) Microphone (3) A capability to activate the backlighting of the display, independent of the means as stated in 6.6.2.    

Page 178: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

32  

REV. 1/22/2016     

6.3 Power/Volume Knob  6.3.1 The devices shall have a power–on/off knob that cycles the device’s power.   6.3.1.1 The power–on/off knob shall be located on the top of the device  6.3.2 The power/volume knob shall cycle the power and shall automatically revert the device to the hazard zone mode when the device has been cycled on/off/on.   6.3.2 .1 The hazard zone mode shall be the default mode  6.3.2.2 The hazard zone mode shall not be modified  6.3.2.3 The AHJ shall be permitted to designate non‐hazard zone channels, talk groups or talk paths.  6.3.2.4 All hazard zone channels, talk groups or talk paths shall use the features and function of hazard zone mode.  6.3.3 The power/volume knob shall rotate clockwise to activate the device with an audible and tactile click.    6.3.4 Turning off the device shall be accomplished with two separate actions, turning the volume control to off, and then within 5 seconds (‐0/+0.5) pushing the side button for at least 2 seconds (‐0/+0.5).  6.3.5 When powered “on” the devices shall enter the hazard zone mode.  6.3.6 The power–on/off button shall be protected from accidental change of operation and impact damage.  6.3.7 Device’s volume shall not be set below 50 dBA SPL.  6.3.8 When radio is turned off, a full volume 3 second tone shall be emitted, followed by the voice annunciation “radio is turning off.”   6.4 Selector Knob  6.4.1 The devices shall have a programmable selector knob.   6.4.1.1 The selector knob shall be located on the top of the device  6.4.1.2 The selector knob shall be differentiated in size and shape from the power/volume knob 

Page 179: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

33  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 6.4.1.3 The selector knob shall have a minimum of 16 positions.  6.4.1.4 There shall be a detent at each position.   6.4.1.5 There shall be a hard stop at the minimum and maximum position  6.4.1.6 Turning resistance shall prevent accidental selection.   6.4.1.7* The selector knob shall change channels, talk groups or talk paths.  6.5 Emergency Button  6.5.1 The emergency button shall be located adjacent to the base of the antenna on the top of the radio  6.5.2 The emergency button shall be international orange in color.  6.5.3 The emergency button shall be a minimum of 12mm (0.47 inches) in diameter  6.5.4 The emergency button shall be protected from accidental activation  6.5.5* The emergency button shall be activated by a continuous press of at least 1.5 seconds (±0.5 seconds).  6.5.6 The activation of the emergency button shall cause the device to transmit an emergency ID.  6.5.6.1 The activation of the Emergency Button shall emit a distinct audible tone from the device whose emergency button was activated.  6.5.6.2 The audible tone will be at least ?? dBA SPL (or at full volume).  6.5.6.3 The device shall transmit the emergency ID at the highest RF power the device is capable of transmitting and in compliance with the licensing authority.  6.5.6.4 The emergency signal shall use the TBSK protocol.  6.5.6.4.1* The AHJ shall be permitted to select one of the following protocols instead of the TBSK protocol, based on operational need: 

(1) MDC 600/1200 or (2) DTMF (3) P25 (4) G‐Star 

Page 180: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

34  

REV. 1/22/2016     

    6.5.6.4.2 The emergency signaling scheme shall meet the following requirements.   6.5.6.5 The device shall have the following capabilities for voice transmission upon activation of the emergency button for transmission of the emergency ID: 

(1) Remain on a selected channels, talk groups or talk paths, or (2) Revert to a pre‐programmed emergency ID transmission channels, talk groups or talk paths, and (3) Transmit at the highest RF power the device is capable of transmitting and in compliance with the licensing authority. 

 6.5.6.6 Upon receipt of an emergency activation from another device, the receiving device shall visually indicate the emergency activation by means of a solid backlit orange display.  6.5.6.6.1 The displayed emergency indication shall remain activated until reset by the activating user or by the dispatch center upon request.   6.5.6.7 Upon receipt of any emergency activation from another device, the receiving device shall have the capability to emit a distinct audible tone for 3 seconds at maximum volume.  6.5.6.8 Upon receipt of any emergency activation from another device, the receiving device shall display the identification designator of the initiating device.  6.5.6.8.1 Upon receipt of an emergency activation from another device, the receiving device shall have the capability to display alias data by referring to an internally stored ID database.  6.5.6.8.2 Upon receipt of an emergency activation from another device, the receiving device shall have the capability of activating maximum volume regardless of knob position. This shall be permitted to be cancelled at the cessation of the emergency activation.  6.5.6.9 The device shall have the capability of displaying the history of the last 20 received emergency IDs.  6.5.6.9.1 The alias ID information shall be capable of displaying an ID of a minimum of 14 alphanumeric characters.  

Page 181: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

35  

REV. 1/22/2016     

6.5.6.9.2 The internally stored alias database shall have the capacity of a minimum of 3,000 entries stored in the radio.  6.6 Display  6.6.1 The device shall include a display of at least 8 characters visible without scrolling, and additional characters visible with scrolling and when the backlight is enabled.  6.6.2 The display shall be illuminated by means of backlighting when any device control is manipulated.    6.6.2.1 The display shall remain illuminated for 2 seconds, +1/−0 seconds  6.6.3 The display shall remain illuminated flashing orange on the device that initiated the emergency mode, and illuminated solid orange on all devices that are receiving the emergency message, until reset in accordance with 6.5.6.6.1.  6.6.4 All displays shall be legible in all modes when backlighted and read in a completely dark room from a distance of 2 feet.   6.7 Remote Speaker Microphone  6.7.1 The remote speaker microphone shall include a microphone.  6.7.2 The remote speaker microphone shall have a PTT button that meets the requirements of 6.1.7.  6.7.3 The remote speaker microphone shall have a speaker.  6.7.4 The remote speaker microphone shall have a transmit/receive indicator.  6.7.4.1 The transmit/receive indicator shall use the following colors: 

(1) Green when receiving   (2) Red when transmitting  6.7.5 The remote speaker microphone shall have an emergency button that meets the requirements of 6.1.7.  6.7.5.1 The remote speaker microphone emergency button shall be located at the top of the device.   6.7.5.2 The remote speaker microphone emergency button shall meet the requirements specified in 6.5, except 6.5.1.  

Page 182: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

36  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 6.7.6 The remote speaker microphone shall have an orange indicator.  6.7.6.1 The remote speaker microphone orange/red indicator shall display in accordance with 6.6.2 during emergency use.   6.7.6.2 The remote speaker microphone orange/red indicator shall indicate red in accordance with 6.13.11.  6.7.7 The remote speaker microphone emergency indicators shall operate as specified in 6.5.  6.7.8* The remote speaker microphone shall include a programmable option button.    6.8 Optional Component Connection to Device  6.8.1 All devices shall have a means of detecting a loss of connection with the remote speaker microphone or optional components including but not limited to self‐contained breathing apparatus.  6.8.1.1 The loss of connection shall be reported to the host the next time the slave unit is polled by the host.  6.8.1.2 Connection shall be permitted to be wired, wireless, or both, to different components.  6.8.1.3 Loss of connection shall be detected if any one of the following conditions occur:   Loss of power to the component   Loss of audio connection to microphone   Loss of audio connection to speaker   Loss of connection to red, green, or orange/red indicator lights   Loss of connection to PTT switch   Loss of connection to programmable button  6.8.2* When connecting one or more components to a device, the device shall act as the master and the other components shall act as slaves.   6.8.2.1 The host in a cabled system or a wireless shall monitor all slave components in the communications chain for presence. If a component is newly present in the communications chain, the host shall store that slave’s internal information so that it may be added to the polling list. If a component is removed from the chain, the host shall remove that slave’s internal information from the polling list.  

Page 183: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

37  

REV. 1/22/2016     

6.8.3 A host in the cabled system shall periodically send the HEALTH challenge command to the device(s) in the cabled system to verify presence.  6.8.3.1 A device in the cabled system shall respond to presence verification messages within 500 ms.  6.8.4 The device shall be the primary host device.  6.8.4.1 The device shall have a connector that supports the following signals.  Table 6.8.4.1 [To be provided by Harris]  6.8.4.1.1 A host shall provide a means to connect to a subordinate device through the standard host connector.  6.8.4.1.2 A device shall provide a means to connect to a host device through the standard device connector.  6.8.4.1.3 The standard host shall be TBD (female pins).  6.8.4.1.4 The standard device connector shall be TBD (male pins).  6.8.4.1.5 The pinouts of the standard host connector shall be TBD.  6.8.4.2 The remote speaker microphone and other optional components shall be capable of being slave components.  6.8.5 Failure by the host to detect a proper response that all its connections and functionality are okay from a slave component within 5 seconds shall initiate the connection failsafe protocol.  6.8.5.1 When entering the connection failsafe protocol, the host shall:   

(1) Disconnect the slave radio speaker microphone or slave optional component and revert all audio and control input to the host. 

(2) Play an audible alert tone for 3 seconds to alert the user that the connected radio speaker microphone or optional component is no longer available. 

6.8.5.1.2 The alert tone shall be played at maximum volume  6.8.5.1.3 The host shall remain in connection failsafe mode until cleared by a specific user action.  

Page 184: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

38  

REV. 1/22/2016     

6.8.5.1.3.1 The specific user action to clear the connection failsafe mode shall be permitted to be any of the following: 

(1) Re‐initiating a pairing with a wireless device, (2) Power cycling (which shall initiate a new verification cycle) (3) Connecting a new or repaired cabled device. 

6.8.6.1 This loss of connection shall be display as “ACCSRY FAIL” on the primary device’s display  6.8.6.1.1 When “ACCSRY FAIL” status is detected, the displayed message shall be with orange backlighting  6.8.6.1.2 When “ACCSRY FAIL” status is detected, the device shall audibly announced “ACCSRY FAIL” at maximum volume.  6.9 Voice Announcement  6.9.1 The device shall be equipped with voice announcement in English.  6.9.1.1 Voice announcements in additional languages shall be permitted.  6.9.2 The voice announcement shall be active by default.  6.9.2.1 The default volume of voice announcements shall be at full volume, but shall be permitted to be changed by the service shop to another volume level, but not less than half volume.  6.9.3 Receive audio shall have priority over channel, talk group or talk path annunciation, and shall override same if they both occur simultaneously, and voice annunciation shall follow within 5 seconds of the last PPT or received audio.  6.9.4 The channels, talk groups or talk path selection shall be announced when the channel, talk group or talk path selector is rotated to indicate the selected channels, talk groups or talk paths.   6.9.5 Announcements shall include the following:   (1) Zone/Deck/Bank   (2) Channels, talk groups or talk paths.   (4) Emergency as described in 6.5   (5) RSM failure   (6) Low battery at 40% remaining and 20% remaining 

(4) Optional component failure (5) Out of range, if applicable in accordance with 6.13 

Page 185: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

39  

REV. 1/22/2016     

(6) Self diagnostic fail as described in 6.15.1.3 (7) Power off (8) Battery at 40% capacity left, and again when battery is at 20% capacity left 

 6.9.5.1 Channel, talk group or talk paths name announcements shall be required.    6.9.6 Channel, talk group or talk path selection announcement shall permit the use of pre‐recorded voice files or voice synthesis files, or both, as determined by the AHJ.  6.9.6.1 Channel, talk group or talk path selection announcements shall allow user created voice files.  6.9.7 Channel, talk group or talk path voice announcements in the hazard zone mode shall be at maximum volume as specified in 6.5.6.7.2.  6.9.8 Voice announcement shall commence within 0.5 seconds of switching channels, talk groups or talk paths.  6.10 Three‐Position Switch  6.10.1 *The three‐position switch shall be capable of being programmed as required by the AHJ.  6.11 Two‐Position Switch   6.11.1 The two‐position Switch shall be capable of being programmed as required by the AHJ.  6.12 Programmable Side Button  6.12.1 The device shall incorporate a minimum of one programmable side button on the display of the Plus model.  6.12.2 Device shall be provided with a means to activate the backlighting of the display by the user, in addition to the methods described in 6.6.2.   6.13 Out‐of‐Range Indication  6.13.1* Where the device operates on a system that has an out‐of‐range capability, the device shall have an out‐of‐range indication.  6.13.1.1 The device shall have a visual indicator indicating an out‐of‐range condition. All displays shall be backlit flashing red when the device is out of range.  

Page 186: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

40  

REV. 1/22/2016     

6.13.1.2 The device shall emit an audible tone every 15 seconds (+1/‐1 seconds), and the tone shall last 1 second (+0.5/‐0 seconds) at ??? volume level to indicate an out‐of‐range condition when in an out‐of‐range status.  6.13.1.3 The device shall return to normal display, and the sound shall cease when an out‐of‐range condition is resolved.    6.14 Transmit and Receive Indicator  6.14.1 The device shall have both a transmit and receive indicator.    6.14.1.1 The indicator shall be illuminated solid red when the device is in the transmit mode.  6.14.1.2 The indicator shall be illuminated solid green when the device is in the receive mode.  6.15 Diagnostics  6.15.1 The device shall perform mandatory self‐checks to verify operation when the unit is initially powered up and periodic self‐checks while it remains powered up and periodic self‐diagnostics every 5 minutes at a minimum.  6.15.1.1 The device shall display a visual indication when it has failed the self‐check.   6.15.1.2 The display shall be backlit red when the device does not pass the self‐check.  6.15.1.3 The device shall have a voice annunciation of radio failure if the self‐diagnostic tests fail.   6.15.2 The following functions shall be tested in self‐check:   (1)* Remote speaker microphone as stated in 6.8.1   (2)* Loss of antenna connection to the radio   (3)* Temperature exposure over 300o F   (4)   Battery has at least 50% of the total capacity available     

Page 187: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

41  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 6.16 Data Logging.  6.16.1 Device shall incorporate data logging in nonvolatile memory and, at a minimum, the following events shall be identified and recorded with the data log and shall also have a time stamp for each event in the data log:  

(1) Device is turned on (2) Emergency button activation (3) Activation of user input, button press or switch  (4) When power source levels are at initial power on, and then at 75%, 50%, 25%, 10% and 5% of capacity. (5) Device is turned off (6) Selection of channel, talk group, talk path, zone, mode, deck, bank or mission plan (7)* Device was exposed to extreme temperature  

 6.16.2 The data logging information shall be downloadable by the emergency services organization.  6.16.3 The data logging shall have a minimum capacity of logging 2000 events.  6.17 Personal Are Network Wireless Interface.  6.17.1 Where the device is equipped with wireless capability to communicate with other components the device shall meet the following requirements:   (1) The device shall provide private, point‐to‐point, voice and data communications 

between the device and the RSM or optional components including, but not, limited to self‐contained breathing apparatus.   

(2) Optional components shall be allowed to stand alone or integrated into other equipment (3) The device shall have an effective range of 1 meter (+0.5/‐0) (4) The device shall operate without degradation in the presence of 20 co‐located like 

units with a 5‐meter spherical radius (5)The device shall support the control of all remote speaker functions as required in 

NFPA 1802 (6) The device shall support the control of all audio device features as required in NFPA 

1981. (7) The device shall only pair with the same unit until user forces it to do otherwise via some definite activation (8)  The device pairing shall survive power interruption (9) The device shall be allowed to be manually paired (10) The device shall support audio over standard BT headset profile 

Page 188: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

42  

REV. 1/22/2016     

(11) The device shall support serial data commands over standard BT Serial Protocol (12) The device shall contain data commands as specified in Table 6.17.1.1  Table 6.17.1.1. Data Commands.  

Command  Format  Ack Required 

Required, 1981 

Required, 1802 

Notes 

PTT ‐ Press  +PTT=P  Yes  Y  Y  Indicate the PTT button on the accessory has been pressed 

PTT ‐ Release 

+PTT=R  Yes  Y  Y  Indicate the PTT button on the accessory  has been released 

Emergency Button, Press 

+EMER=P  Yes  Y  Y  Indicate the Emergency button on the accessory  has been pressed

Emergency Button, Release 

+EMER=R  Yes  N  Y  Indicate the Emergency button on the accessory  has been released 

Emergency Mode, Set 

+EMODE=S  Yes  N  Y    

Emergency Mode, Clear 

+EMODE=C  Yes  N  Y    

Transmit Mode, Set 

+TMODE=S  Yes  N  Y    

Transmit Mode, Clear 

+TMODE=C  Yes  N  Y    

Receive Mode, Set 

+RMODE=S  Yes  N  Y    

Receive Mode, Clear 

+RMODE=C  Yes  N  Y    

Revision  +REV  Yes  N  Y  Returns Product information, format TBD 

Health  +HEALTH  Yes  Y  Y Returns Health Status of device, also used as indication of cable integrity, 

Page 189: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

43  

REV. 1/22/2016     

format is TBD, see ACK table 

LED Control, Local Control 

+LED=Y  Yes  N  Y  Accessory Controls LED 

LED Control, Remote 

+LED=N  Yes  N  Y  Radio Controls LED 

LED Control, OFF 

+LED=OFF  Yes  N  Y    

LED Control, Red, On 

+LED=RED  Yes   

N  Y    

LED Control, Green, On 

+LED=GREEN  Yes  N  Y    

LED Control, Blue 

+LED=BLUE  Yes  N  Y    

LED Control, Yellow 

+LED=YELLOW 

Yes  N  Y    

  6.17.2 Device shall use the acknowledge definition as specified in Table 6.17.2.  Table 6.17.2. Acknowledge Definitions.  

Code  String  Notes 

OK  <cr><lf>OK<cr><lf>    

Error  <cr><lf>ERROR<cr><lf>    Healthy  <cr><lf>GOOD<cr><lf> Response if no issues, any other response 

triggers cable failsafe protocol  

Not Healthy 

<cr><lf>FAULT:  optional information, total message length not to exceed 128 bytes<cr><lf>  

If cable is damaged, this response may never be received by Host.  ACK format provided to enable additional functionality.  HOST device is not required to act on this information.  Italics indicates optional message payload 

Connection Failsafe Mode 

<cr><lf>FAULT: REMOTE DEVICE CONNECTION<cr><lf> 

Indicates that a downstream device fault has been detected, for example, the connection is lost between the SCBA and RSM is reported to the Radio with this response 

 6.17.13 The PAN Wireless Interface shall be Bluetooth 4.0 compliant (or equivalent) wireless stack  

Page 190: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

44  

REV. 1/22/2016     

6.17.3.1 The wireless Bluetooth stack (or equivalent) shall support the following profiles a specified in Table 6.17.3.1  Table 6.17.3.1. Profiles. 

Profile  Description 

HFP  Hands‐free Profile 

HID  Human Interface Device Profile 

HSP  Headset Profile 

SPP  Serial Port Profile 

 6.17.4 Device shall utilize Numeric Comparison and Passkey Entry methods for Bluetooth pairing Bluetooth Specification Version 4.0 Section 7.2 or equivalent.   6.17.5 Device shall require encrypted Bluetooth communications or equivalent.  6.17.6 Device shall utilize maximum key sizes (Lmin = 128 bit) as specified in Bluetooth Specification Version 4.0 Section 4.2.5.2 or equivalent.  6.17.7 Device shall support simultaneous pairing and operation of two or more Bluetooth (or equivalent) accessories  6.17.8 Device shall have a Bluetooth (or equivalent) transceiver that meets the following performance specifications:  

 6.17.9 Device shall support the Bluetooth Device ID Profile (or equivalent) to report the following ID’s: 

(1) Vendor ID (2) Product ID (3) Version ID  

6.17.10 Device PAN shall support audio over standard Bluetooth headset profile or equivalent.  6.17.11 Device PAN shall support commands for various functions over the BT Serial Port Profile or equivalent.   6.18 Wired Connection   Chapter 7 Performance Requirements  7.1 Device Requirements 

Page 191: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

45  

REV. 1/22/2016     

 7.1.1 The device shall be tested for Perpetual Evaluation of Speech Quality (PESQ) in the analog mode as specified in 8.2 and shall minimum PESQ value of 2.5    7.1.1.1 If equipped with digital mode the device shall be tested in the analog mode in addition to any digital modes as specified in 8.2 and shall have a minimum PESQ of 2.5   7.1.1.2 The device shall include any optional components and shall have a minimum PESQ of 2.5.     7.1.2 Device viewing surfaces shall be tested for abrasion resistance as specified in Section 8.7, Viewing Surface Abrasion Test, and shall not have the viewing surface exhibit an average delta haze greater than 14 percent.   7.1.3 The device shall be tested for resistance to vibration as specified in 8.4, Vibration Test, and shall be evaluated for proper functioning as specified in 7.1.1, and shall have a minimum PESQ value of 2.5.  7.1.3.1 The device shall evaluated for proper functioning of data logging as specific in 6.16.    7.1.4 The device shall be tested for durability as specified in 8.14, Durability Test, and shall remain functional, shall have no water inside the electronics compartment(s), and shall have no water inside the power source compartment(s) and the device shall have a minimum PESQ of 2.5.   7.1.4.1 The device shall be evaluated for proper functioning of data logging as specified in 6.16.    7.1.5 The device shall be tested for heat and immersion leakage resistance as specified in 8.3 and portable hand‐held communications devices shall be evaluated per 8.3.5, Test Procedure 1; shall have no leakage in the power source compartment(s); and shall have a minimum PESQ of 2.5.  7.1.5.1 The device shall be evaluated for proper functioning of data logging as specified in 6.16.    7.1.6 The device shall be tested for heat and immersion leakage resistance as specified in 8.3 and portable hand‐held communications devices shall be evaluated per 8.3.6, Test Procedure 2; shall have no leakage in the electronics compartment(s); and shall have a minimum PESQ of 2.5.  7.1.6.1 The device shall be evaluated for proper functioning of data logging as specified in 6.16.   

Page 192: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

46  

REV. 1/22/2016     

  7.1.7 The device shall be tested for resistance to heat as specified in Section 8.8, High Temperature Functionality Test, and shall evaluated for proper function, shall not melt, drip or ignite, and the device shall have a minimum PESQ of 2.5.  7.1.7.1 The devices shall be evaluated for proper functioning of data logging as specific in 6.16.    7.1.8 The device shall be tested for ingress protection (IP) rating as specified in ISO IEC 60529, Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code), and shall have a rating of IP6X.  7.1.9 The device shall be tested for resistance to impact as specified in 8.5, Impact Acceleration Resistance Test, and shall be evaluated for proper functioning, and the device shall have a minimum PESQ of 2.5.  7.1.9.1 The device shall be evaluated for proper functioning of data logging as specific in 6.16.    7.1.10 The device shall be tested for resistance to corrosion as specified in Section 8.6, Corrosion Test, shall be evaluated for proper functioning and the device shall have a minimum PESQ of 2.5.  7.1.11 The device shall be tested for integrity for specified in Section 8.12, Case Integrity Test and have no case, housing or closure damage; shall be evaluated for proper functioning and have a minimum PESQ value of 2.5.  7.1.11.1 The device shall be evaluated for proper functioning of data logging as specific in 6.16.    7.1.12 The device shall be tested for cable pullout as specified in Section 8.11, Cable Pullout Test, and shall have a minimum value of 156 N +9/‐0 N (35 lbf +2/‐0 lbf) in the direction of the wiring and have proper functioning.  7.1.12.1 The device shall have a maximum separation force value of 445 N +9/‐0 N (100 lbf +2/‐0 lbf) in the direction of the wiring.   7.1.13 The device shall be tested for resistance to heat and flame as specified in Section 8.9, Heat and Flame Test, Procedure, and shall not have the afterflame exceed 2.2 seconds; shall have nothing fall of the device; shall not have the device fall from its mounted position; and shall function as follows: 

Page 193: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

47  

REV. 1/22/2016     

(1) The device shall be activated using the Power/Volume Knob as specified in Section 6.3. 

(2) The Selector Knob shall function as specified in Section 6.4. (3) The Emergency Button shall function as specified in Section 6.5. (4) The display shall function as specified in Section 6.5. (5) The remote mic audio connection shall function as specified in Section 6.7. 

 7.1.13.1 The device shall evaluated for proper functioning of data logging as specific in 6.16.    7.1.14 The device shall be tested for durability and legibility as specified in Section 8.10, Product Label Durability Test, and the product labels shall remain attached to the device and shall be legible to the untrained eye for the following exposures:   (1) Corrosion   (2) Heat Resistance   (3) Durability  7.1.15 Devices shall be tested for water drainage as specified in Section 8.13, Water Drainage Test.  7.1.15.1 The device shall be evaluated for proper functioning of data logging as specific in 6.16.    7.1.16 Devices shall be tested for intrinsic safety as specified in TIA STANDARD TIA‐4950‐A Requirements for Battery‐Powered, Portable Land Mobile Radio Applications in Class I, II and III, Division 1, Hazardous (Classified) Locations.  7.1.16.1 The device shall earn a rating for use in the following hazard locations:   Class I, Division 1, Groups C, D   Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D   Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F, G   Class III, Divisions 1 and 2  

  Chapter 8 Test Methods   8.1 Sample Preparation.  8.1.1 Application.  

Page 194: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

48  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.1.1.1 The sample preparation procedures contained in this section shall apply to each test method in this chapter, as specifically referenced in the sample preparation section of each test method.  8.1.1.2 Only the specific sample preparation procedure or procedures referenced in the sample preparation section of each test method shall be applied to that test method.  8.1.1.3 Samples shall be complete devices.  8.1.1.4 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices.  8.1.1.5 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.1.2 Room Temperature Conditioning Procedure.  8.1.2.1 Specimens shall be conditioned at a temperature of 22°C ± 3°C (72°F ± 5°F) and relative humidity (RH) of 50 percent ± 25 percent for at least 4 hours.  8.1.2.2 Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.  8.1.3 Cold Temperature Conditioning Procedure.  8.1.3.1 Specimens shall be exposed to a temperature of −20°C +0/−3°C (−4°F +0/−5°F) for at least 4 hours.  8.1.3.2 Testing shall begin within 30 seconds of the specimens being removed from the conditioning.  8.1.4 Elevated Temperature Conditioning Procedure.  8.1.4.1 Specimens shall be exposed to a temperature of 71°C +1/−0°C (160°F +2/−0°F) for at least 4 hours.  8.1.4.2 Testing shall begin within 30 seconds of the specimens being removed from the conditioning.  8.2 Perceptual Evaluation of Speech Quality (PESQ) Test.   All of 8.2 to be rewritten as “shall” statements  Measurement: LMR Radio Transmission Path Measurement: LMR Handset Transmission Path  Measurement: LMR Handset Receiving Path  Measurement: LMR RSM Transmission Path  

Page 195: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

49  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.2.1 Apparatus  8.2.1.1 The PESQ test apparatus shall consist of the following:  

(1) Anechoic chamber as described in NFPA 1981 (2) Head and torso simulator (HATS‐mannequin) with artificial mouth as used for 

NFPA 1981 (3) Artificial ears for HATS (4) Audio analyzer, e.g. Audio Precision APX 525 (5) Equalizer, e.g. Behringer Ultra Curve DEQ2496 as used for NFPA 1981 (6) Amplifier, e.g. Alesis RA150 as used for NFPA 1981 (7) Sound level meter, e.g. NTI XL2 as used for NFPA 1981 

 8.2.1.2 Calibration and set‐up of the artificial mouth:  

1. Equalize the frequency response to flat according to procedure 8.10.4.14.3 of NFPA 1981:2013. The auto EQ function of the DEQ2496 equalizer can be used to achieve a reproducible adjustment. 

2. Use the APX525 to generate a test signal for excitation of the HATS. The signal Path Setup, Output: Select “Male1_1st_Set_8k.wav”. Use identical levels in PESQ measurement. 

3. Use the NTI XL2 to measure the SPL 5 cm in front of the artificial mouth. 4. Adjust the gain of the artificial mouth until an average SPL (Leq) of 95 dB(A) is 

achieved. Use an averaging of about 60 s.  

8.2.1.3 Calibration and set‐up of the artificial ear:  

1. Apply the microphone calibrator to the artificial ear and set it to 114dB (see Figure 8.2.1.3.1) 

2. Use the calibration of the APX525 measurement software (Signal Path Setup, Reference: Mic Cal/dB SPL) 

 Figure 8.2.1.3.1 Calibration of the Artificial Ear 

8.2.1.4 PESQ measurement setup: 

Page 196: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

50  

REV. 1/22/2016     

1. Activate the PESQ measurement in the APx525. 2. Select 4 excitation speech signals provided by the APx525, 2 male and 2 female 

signals. 3. Mode: Narrowband (P.862.1) as bandwidth of LMRs is typically below 4 kHz. 4. Disable automatic gain control in Advanced Settings 5. Calculate the average of the 4 PESQ readings. 

 

  

Figure 8.2.1.4 (?) PESQ measurement reading  8.2.1.5 LMR Radio Transmission Path  

1. Feed excitation signal to transmitting LMR via NFPA Standard Connector. 2. Received signal of receiving LMR via NFPA Standard Connector. 3. Set the signal level of the APx525 to 100 mVRMS 4. Start the measurement and get the PESQ reading [see Figure 8.2.1.5 (4)]. 

 Figure 8.2.1.5 (4) 

Measurement setup for LMR Radio Transmission Path  8.2.1.6: LMR Handset Transmission Path   

1. Feed the excitation signal to the artificial mouth.  2. Received signal of receiving LMR via NFPA Standard Connector.  3. Set the signal level to the signal level determined in the artificial mouth 

calibration.  4. Start the measurement and get the PESQ reading [see Figure 8.2.1.6 (4)].  

 Figure 8.2.1.6 (4) 

Measurement setup for LMR Handset Transmission Path   8.2.1.7: LMR Handset Receiving Path   

1. Feed excitation signal to transmitting LMR via NFPA Standard Connector.  

Page 197: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

51  

REV. 1/22/2016     

2. Received signal of receiving LMR via NFPA Standard Connector.  3. Set the signal level of the APx525 to 100 mVRMS  4. Start the measurement and get the PESQ reading [see 8.2.1.7 (4)].  

 Figure 8.2.1.7 (4) 

Measurement setup for LMR Handset Receiving Path   8.2.1.8: LMR RSM Transmission Path   

1. Feed the excitation signal to the artificial mouth.  2. Feed acoustic signal via RSM to transmitting LMR.  3. Feed signal of receiving LMR to APX525.  4. Set the signal level to the signal level determined in the artificial mouth 

calibration.  5. Start the measurement and get the PESQ reading [see Figure 8.2.1.8 (5)].  

 Figure 8.2.1.8 (5) 

Measurement setup for LMR RSM Transmission Path  8.3 Heat and Immersion Leakage Resistance  8.3.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all devices.  8.3.2 Samples.  8.3.2.1 Samples shall be complete devices.  8.3.2.2 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.3.3 Specimens.  8.3.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices.  8.3.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.3.4 Apparatus.  8.3.4.1 A test oven having minimum dimensions of 915 mm depth × 915mm width × 1220mm height (36 in. depth × 36 in. width × 48 in. height) shall be provided.  8.3.4.1.1 The test oven shall have an airflow rate of 38 m/min to 76 m/min (125 ft/min to 250 ft/min) at the standard temperature and pressure of 22°C (72°F) at 1 atmosphere measured at the center point of the oven. 

Page 198: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

52  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.3.4.1.2 A test thermocouple shall be positioned so that it is level with the horizontal centerline of a mounted specimen.  8.3.4.2 A test water container capable of covering the uppermost point of the specimen with a depth of 1.5 m (4.9 ft) of water shall be provided.  8.3.4.2.1 The water container shall maintain the devices at that depth.  8.3.4.2.2 The water temperature shall be 22°C ± 3°C (72°F ± 5°F).  8.3.5 Test Procedure 1.  8.3.5.1 Specimens shall be placed in the test oven that has been preheated to 177°C +5/−0°C (350°F +10/−0°F). Test exposure  me of 15 minutes shall begin.  8.3.5.2 After the test exposure time of 15 minutes, the specimens shall be removed from the oven and within 30 seconds shall be immersed in the test water container for 15 minutes. After 15 minutes, the specimens shall be removed from the test water container and shall be wiped dry.  8.3.5.3 Specimens shall be subject to 8.3.5.1 and 8.3.5.2 for six complete cycles.  8.3.5.4 After the sixth cycle, the power source compartment of the specimens shall be opened and shall be inspected for water leakage to determine pass or fail performance. Where the device does not fail this portion of the test, the power source shall be reinstalled.  8.3.5.5 After the sixth cycle, The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.3.5.6 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.3.6 Test Procedure 2.  8.3.6.1 Following test procedure 1, the specimens shall be re‐immersed in the test water container for an additional 5 minutes +30/−0 seconds. The power source compartment(s), if so equipped, shall be opened, and the power source shall not be installed.  8.3.6.2 After the 5‐minute immersion, the specimens shall be removed from the test water container and shall be wiped dry. 

Page 199: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

53  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.3.6.3 The electronic compartment(s) of the specimens shall be opened and inspected for water leakage to determine pass or fail performance.  8.3.7 Report.  8.3.7.1 The PESQ Value measured after Heat and Immersion Leakage Test shall be recorded and reported.  8.3.7.2 The functioning of the specimens shall be recorded and reported.  8.3.8 Interpretation  8.3.8.1 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.3.8.2 Failing performance of one or more specimens shall constitute failing performance for this test.  8.4 Vibration Test.  8.4.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all devices.  8.4.2 Samples. Samples shall be complete Devices.  8.4.2.1 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.4.3 Specimens.  8.4.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices.  8.4.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.4.3.3 Specimens shall be conditioned at a temperature of 22°C ± 3°C (72°F ± 5°F), and a relative humidity of 50 percent ± 25 percent, for at least 4 hours.  8.4.3.4 Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.  8.4.4 Apparatus.  8.4.4.1 Product shall be tested on a typical package tester within the compartments specified in 8.3.4.2 through 8.3.4.4.  8.4.4.2 Compartments shall be set up as specified in Figure 8.4.4.2(a) and Figure 8.4.4.2(b).  

Page 200: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

54  

REV. 1/22/2016     

FIGURE 8.4.4.2(a) Vibration Table Compartments — Top View (Not to Scale).  FIGURE 8.4.4.2(b) Vibration Table Compartments — Side View (Not to Scale).  8.4.4.2.1 The sides and the base of the compartments shall be constructed of nominal 6 mm (1⁄4 in.) stainless steel, and the top of the compartments shall remain open.  8.4.4.2.2 There shall be no burrs, sharp edges, surface discontinuities, or fasteners on the internal surfaces of the holding boxes.  8.4.4.3 The large compartments shall encase the complete devices that are larger than 5161 mm2 (8 in2).  8.4.4.4 The small compartments shall encase the complete devices that are smaller than 5161 mm2 (8 in2).  8.4.5 Procedure.  8.4.5.1 Test specimens shall be placed unrestrained in the compartments specified in 8.3.4.2.  8.4.5.2 Test specimens shall not be tied down.  8.4.5.3 The basic movement of the bed of the test table shall be a 25 mm, orbital path such as can be obtained on a standard package tester operating in synchronous mode at 250 rpm ± 5 rpm.  8.4.5.4 The test duration shall be 3 hours.  8.4.5.5 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.4.5.6 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning as specified in 7.1.1 to determine the pass or fail performance.  8.4.5.7 Specimens shall be operated according to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning for data logging as specified in 6.16 to determine pass or fail performance.  8.4.6 Report  8.4.6.1 The PESQ Value measured after Vibration Resistance Test shall be recorded and reported. 

Page 201: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

55  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.4.6.2 The functioning of the specimens shall be recorded and reported.  8.4.7 Interpretation  8.4.7.1 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.4.7.2 Failing performance of one or more specimens shall constitute failing performance for this test.  8.5 Impact Acceleration Resistance Test.  8.5.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all devices.  8.5.2 Samples. Samples shall be complete devices.  8.5.2.1 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.   8.5.3 Specimens.  8.5.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices.  8.5.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.5.4 Procedure.  8.5.4.1 Three specimens of product shall be subjected to a series of impact acceleration tests.  8.5.4.1.1 One test specimen for ambient temperature conditioning shall be exposed to a temperature of 22°C ± 3°C (72°F ± 5°F), for at least 4 hours.  8.5.4.1.2 One test specimen for cold temperature conditioning shall be exposed to a temperature of −20°C ± 1°C (−4°F ± 2°F), for at least 4 hours.  8.5.4.1.3 One test specimen for elevated temperature conditioning shall be exposed to a temperature of 60°C ± 1°C (140°F ± 2°F), for at least 4 hours.  8.5.4.2 Each product tested shall be complete with power source.  8.5.4.3 After conditioning, product shall be turned to the “on” position. Testing shall begin within 30 seconds of removal from conditioning.  

Page 202: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

56  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.5.4.4 Following each conditioning, the product shall be dropped a total of eight times from a distance of 2 m (6.5 ft) onto a concrete surface so that impact is on each face and on one corner and one edge of the product.  8.5.4.5 The entire series of drops shall be completed within 10 minutes of removal from conditioning.  8.5.4.6 Specimens shall be evaluated to determine that the device enclosure has not incurred damage that affects normal operation or enclosure integrity.  8.5.4.7 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.5.4.8 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance.  8.5.4.9 Specimens shall be operated according to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning for data logging as specified in 6.16 to determine pass or fail performance.  8.5.5 Report  8.5.5.1 The PESQ Value measured after Accelerated Impact Resistance Test shall be recorded and reported.  8.5.5.2 The functioning of the specimens shall be recorded and reported.  8.5.6 Interpretation  8.5.6.1 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.5.6.2 Failing performance of one or more specimens shall constitute failing performance for this test.  8.6 Corrosion Test.  8.6.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all devices.  8.6.2 Samples. Samples shall be complete devices.  8.6.3 Specimens.  8.6.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices. 

Page 203: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

57  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.6.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.6.3.3 Specimens shall be conditioned at a temperature of 22°C ± 3°C (72°F ± 5°F), and a relative humidity of 50 percent, ± 25 percent, for at least 4 hours.  8.6.3.4 Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.  8.6.4 Procedure.  8.6.4.1 Specimens shall be tested in accordance with ASTM B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. Salt spray shall be 5 percent saline solution, and the test exposure shall be for 48 hours, +30/−0 minutes. The chamber shall be stabilized at a temperature of 35°C ± 3°C (95°F ± 5°F).  8.6.4.2 Specimens shall be placed in the chamber in the typical operating position as used by first responders, as specified by the manufacturer.  8.6.4.3 At the conclusion of the salt spray period, specimens shall be stored in an environment of 22°C ± 3°C (72°F ± 5°F) at 50 percent ± 5 percent, relative humidity for a minimum of 48 hours.  8.6.4.4 Following the conditioning period, specimens shall be tested within 60 seconds of removal from conditioning.  8.6.5 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.6.6 The specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance.  8.6.7 Report  8.6.7.1 The PESQ Value measured after Corrosion Test shall be recorded and reported.  8.6.7.2 The functioning of the specimens shall be recorded and reported.  8.6.8 Interpretation  8.6.8.1 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.6.8.2 Failing performance of one or more specimens shall constitute failing performance for this test.  

Page 204: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

58  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.7 Viewing Surface Abrasion Test.  8.7.1 Application. This test shall apply to all devices.  8.7.2 Samples. Samples shall be complete viewing surfaces or representative plaques from devices.  8.7.3 Specimens.  8.7.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices’ viewing surfaces or representative plaques.  8.7.3.2 Four specimens shall be taken.  8.7.3.3 One of the specimens shall be the set‐up specimen.  8.7.3.4 The test specimen shall include all of the following criteria:  (1) The specimen shall be a square measuring 50 mm × 50 mm (2 in. × 2 in.). (2) At least 38 mm (11⁄2 in.) of the 50 mm × 50 mm (2 in. × 2 in.) square shall be taken from the viewing surface.  8.7.3.5 Each of the specimens shall be cleaned in the following manner:  (1) The specimen shall be rinsed with clean tap water. (2) The specimen shall be washed with a solution of nonionic/ low‐phosphate detergent and water using a clean, soft gauze pad. (3) The specimen shall be rinsed with de‐ionized water. (4) The specimen shall be blown dry with clean compressed air or nitrogen.  8.7.3.6 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.7.3.7 Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.  8.7.4 Apparatus. The test apparatus shall be constructed in accordance with Figure 8.7.4(a) and Figure 8.7.4(b).  FIGURE 8.7.4(a) Lens Abrasion Tester.  FIGURE 8.7.4(b) Lens Abrasion Tester (details).  8.7.5 Procedure. 

Page 205: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

59  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.7.5.1 The haze of the specimen shall be measured using a haze meter in accordance with ASTM D 1003, Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics, and recorded with the following additions:  (1) The haze shall be measured in the middle 2 mm2 of the specimen. (2) The specimen shall be repositioned to achieve the maximum haze value within the area defined in 8.7.5.1(1). (3) The haze meter shall have a specified aperture of 22 mm. (4) The haze meter shall have a visual display showing 0.1 percent resolution. (5) The haze meter shall be calibrated before and after each day’s use following procedures specified in ASTM D 1003, Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics.  8.7.5.2 The set‐up specimen shall be placed cover side up in the test apparatus specimen holder. The specimen holder shall be configured with a flat surface under the lens or with an inner radius support.  8.7.5.3 The pad holder shall consist of a cylinder 9.5 mm (0.4 in.) high and 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter with a radius of curvature equal to the radius of curvature of the outside of the lens in the viewing area ±0.25 diopter. This cylinder shall be rigidly affixed to the stroking arm by a #10‐32 UNF threaded rod.  8.7.5.4 The pad shall be a Blue Streak M306M wool felt polishing pad 23 mm (0.9 in.) in diameter.  8.7.5.5 The abrasive disc shall be made from 3M Part Number 7415, Wood Finishing Pad. A disc 23 mm (0.9 in.) in diameter shall be cut from the abrasive sheet. The marked side of the disc shall be placed against the pad. Care shall be exercised to maintain this orientation for each abrasive disc throughout the testing.  8.7.5.6 The pad holder, pad, and abrasive disc shall be installed on the stroking arm. The stroking arm shall be leveled to ±3 degrees by adjusting the threaded pin. The pin shall be secured to prevent rotation of the pad holder. The axis of curvature of the pad holder shall be coincident with the axis of curvature of the lens.  8.7.5.7 The stroking arm shall be counterbalanced with the pad holder, pad, and abrasive disc in place.  8.7.5.8 The set‐up specimen shall be replaced with one of the three specimens to be tested.  8.7.5.9 A 1000 g ± 5 g (2.7 lb ± 0.16 oz.) test weight shall be installed on the pin above the test sample. 

Page 206: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

60  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.7.5.10 The test shall be run for 200 cycles ± 1 cycle. One cycle shall consist of a complete revolution of the eccentric wheel.  8.7.5.11 The length of stroke shall be 14mm (1⁄2 in.), producing a pa ern 38 mm (11⁄2 in.) long. The frequency of the stroke shall be 60 cycles per minute ± 1 cycle per minute. The center of the stroke shall be within ±2 mm (±0.08 in.) of the center of the specimen.  8.7.5.12 The specimen shall be removed and cleaned following the test procedure. The abrasive disc shall be discarded.  8.7.5.13 The haze of the sample shall be measured following the test procedure.  8.7.5.14 The delta haze shall be calculated by subtracting the initial haze from the final haze.  8.7.5.15 The testing steps specified in 8.7.5.8 through 8.7.5.14 shall be repeated five times with a new sample and abrasive disc.  8.7.6 Report. The three delta haze values shall be averaged, recorded, and reported.  8.7.7 Interpretation. The average delta haze shall be evaluated to determine pass or fail.  8.8 High Temperature Functionality Test.  8.8.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all devices.  8.8.2 Samples. Samples shall be complete devices.  8.8.2.1 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.8.3 Specimens.  8.8.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices.  8.8.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.8.3.3 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.8.3.4 Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.  8.8.4 Apparatus. The test oven shall be as specified in ISO 17493, Clothing and equipment for protection against heat — Test method for convective heat resistance using a hot air circulating oven. 

Page 207: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

61  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.8.5 Procedure.  8.8.5.1 Testing shall be performed in accordance with ISO 17493, Clothing and equipment for protection against heat — Test method for convective heat resistance using a hot air circulating oven, using the following parameters:  (1) A test fixture capable of accommodating the device being tested shall be used. (2) The test temperature shall be 260°C, +6/−0°C (500°F, +10/−0°F). (3) Specimens shall be mounted in the “as worn” position on a test fixture and shall not touch any oven surface. (4) The test fixture shall not degrade the oven recovery time. (5) The test fixture shall be designed to allow the specimens to be attached in the same configuration as the specimens’ mounting assembly attaches to the specimens.  8.8.5.2 The test fixture with the specimen attached shall be placed in the test oven perpendicular with the front surface facing perpendicular to the airflow of the oven.  8.8.5.3 The specimen shall be set to the “on” mode.  8.8.5.4 There shall be no obstructions between the specimen and the airflow. The test fixture shall position the specimen equidistant from all interior oven surfaces.  8.8.5.5 The test oven door shall not remain open more than 15 seconds. The air circulation shall be shut off while the door is open and turned on when the door is closed.  8.8.5.6 The total test oven recovery time shall not exceed 30 seconds. The thermocouple reading shall remain at 260°C, +6/−0°C (500°F, +10/−0°F) for the duration of the test.  8.8.5.7 The test specimen, mounted as specified, shall be exposed in the test oven for 5 minutes, +15/−0 seconds. The test exposure  me shall begin when the test thermocouple recovers to 260°C, +6/−0°C (500°F, +10/−0°F).  8.8.5.8 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.8.5.9 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance.  8.8.5.10 Specimens shall be operated according to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning for data logging as specified in 6.16 to determine pass or fail performance. 

Page 208: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

62  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.8.6 Report.  8.8.6.1 The PESQ Value measured after Heat Resistance shall be recorded and reported.  8.8.6.2 The functioning of the specimens shall be recorded and reported.  8.8.7 Interpretation.  8.8.7.1 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.8.7.2 Failing performance of one or more specimens shall constitute failing performance for this test.  8.9 Heat and Flame Test.  8.9.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all devices.  8.9.2 Samples. Samples shall be complete devices.  8.9.3 Specimens.  8.9.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices.    8.9.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.9.3.3 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.9.3.4 Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.  8.9.4 Apparatus.  8.9.4.1 Specimens shall be attached to the front or rear of the test mannequin by the retention system, in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, by means of a loop, belt, SCBA strap, or other means, on the outside or over the mannequin protective clothing.  8.9.4.2 The specimens shall be attached to the mannequin in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions in specified area of mannequin.  FIGURE 8.9.4.2(a) Mounted Device for Heat and Flame Test.  FIGURE 8.9.4.2(b) Device Mounting Armature.  

Page 209: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

63  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.9.4.3 The heat and flame test apparatus shall be as specified in Figure 8.9.4.4. The heat and flame test apparatus shall not be supplied by the device manufacturer.  8.9.4.4 The test oven shall be a horizontal forced circulating air oven with an internal velocity of 61 m/min (200 ft/min) ± 15 m/min. The test oven shall have minimum dimensions of 915 mm depth × 915 mm width × 1220 mm (36 in. × 36 in. × 48 in.) height.  8.9.5 Procedure.  8.9.5.1 For calibration prior to the heat and flame test, the calibration mannequin shown in Figure 8.7.4.4 shall be exposed to direct flame contact for 10 seconds using the heat and flame test apparatus.  8.9.5.2 All peak temperature readings shall be within a temperature range of 815°C to 1150°C (1500°F to 2102°F).  8.9.5.3 The average mean of all peak temperature readings shall not be higher than 950°C (1742°F).  8.9.5.4 The test oven recovery time, after the door is closed, shall not exceed 60 seconds.  8.9.5.5 Specimens mounted on the test fixture shall first be placed in the test oven, which has been preheated to 95°C ± 2°C (203°F ± 5°F), for 15 minutes, +15/−0 seconds.  The test exposure time of 15 minutes shall begin after the door is closed and the oven temperature recovers to 95°C (203°F).  FIGURE 8.9.4.4 Heat and Flame Test Apparatus.  8.9.5.6 At the completion of the 15‐minute exposure at 95°C ± 2°C (203°F ± 5°F), the oven door shall be opened, and the specimen mounted on the test fixture shall be moved out of the oven and into the center of the burner array.  8.9.5.7 The product shall then be exposed to direct flame contact for 10 seconds, +1⁄4/−0 seconds. This exposure shall begin within 20 seconds of the product being removed from the test oven.  8.9.5.8 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.9.5.9 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance. 

Page 210: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

64  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.9.6 Report.  8.9.6.1 Any afterflame of the test specimen exceeding 2.2 seconds shall be recorded and reported.  8.9.6.2 Anything falling from the test specimen shall be recorded and reported.  8.9.6.3 Any test specimen falling from the mounted position shall be recorded and reported.  8.9.6.4 The PESQ Value measured after Heat and Flame Resistance shall be recorded and reported.  8.9.6.5 The functioning of the specimens as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 shall be recorded and reported.  8.9.7 Interpretation.  8.9.7.1 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.9.7.2 Failing performance of one or more specimens shall constitute failing performance for this test.  8.9.7.3 Any test specimen exceeding 2.2 seconds of afterflame shall constitute failing performance.  8.9.7.4 Any test specimen having parts or other items falling off shall constitute failing performance.  8.9.7.5 Any test specimen falling from its mounted position shall constitute failing performance.  8.9.7.6 Specimens shall be operated according to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning for data logging as specified in 6.16 to determine pass or fail performance.  8.10 Product Label Durability Test.  8.10.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all product labels.  8.10.2 Samples. Samples shall be complete devices.  8.10.3 Specimens.  

Page 211: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

65  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.10.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices with product labels attached.  8.10.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.10.3.3 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.10.4 Procedure.  8.10.4.1 Specimens with all product labels attached shall be subjected to the tests specified in Section 8.6, Corrosion Resistance; Section 8.8, Heat Resistance Test; and Section 8.14, Durability Test.  8.10.4.2 After each test, the specimen product labels shall be examined at a distance of 305 mm (12 in.) +25/−0 mm by the unaided eye with 20/20 vision or vision corrected to 20/20.  8.10.4.3 The product labels shall be permitted to be wiped clean with an untreated cloth prior to being examined.  8.10.5 Report. The legibility of each product label shall be recorded and reported.  8.10.6 Interpretation. Any specimen failing the test shall constitute failing performance.  8.11 Cable Pullout Test.  8.11.1 Application. This test method shall apply to devices and any associated assemblies with interconnecting wiring.  8.11.2 Samples. Samples shall be complete devices.  8.11.3 Specimens.  8.11.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices with any associated assemblies with interconnecting wiring.  8.11.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.11.3.3 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.11.4 Apparatus. A mass of known weight with the means for attachment to wiring shall be provided.  8.11.5 Procedure.   

Page 212: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

66  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.11.5.1 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.4.  8.11.5.2 A force of 156 N +9/‐0 N (35 lbf +2/‐0 lbf) shall be applied gradually, in an axial direction to the wiring of the specimen tested.  8.11.5.3 The functioning of the specimens shall be recorded and reported.  8.11.5.4 A maximum separation force of 445N+9/‐0 N (100 lbf +2/‐0 lbf) shall be applied gradually, in an axial direction to the wiring of the specimen tested to ensure separation.  8.11.5.4 The functioning of the specimens as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 shall be recorded and reported.  8.11.6 Report.  8.11.6.1 Observations of the non‐separation and separation of interconnecting wiring shall be recorded and reported.  8.11.6.2 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.11.6.3 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance.  8.11.7 Interpretation.  8.11.7.1 Separation of interconnecting wiring of any specimen shall constitute failing performance.  8.11.7.2 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.12 Case Integrity Test.  8.12.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all devices.  8.12.2 Samples.  8.12.2.1 Samples shall be complete devices.  8.12.2.2 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.   8.12.3 Specimens. 

Page 213: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

67  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.12.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices.  8.12.4 Procedure.  8.12.4.1 Specimens shall be subjected to a test weight of 200 kg + 2/−0 kg (442 lb +4.4/−0 lb).  8.12.4.2 The test weight shall be placed on each surface of the specimen case, housing, or enclosure.  8.12.4.3 The test weight shall be placed so as to avoid impact loading.  8.12.4.4 The test weight shall remain on each surface of the specimen case for 1 minute +15/−0 seconds.  8.12.4.5 After removal of the test weight, each surface of the specimen case, housing, and enclosure shall be examined for damage.  8.12.5 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.12.6 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance.  8.12.7 Specimens shall be operated according to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning for data logging as specified in 6.16 to determine pass or fail performance.  8.12.8 Report.  8.12.8.1 The PESQ Value measured after Case Integrity shall be recorded and reported.  8.12.8.2 The functioning of the specimens shall be recorded and reported.  8.12.9 Interpretation.  8.12.9.1 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.12.9.2 Failing performance of one or more specimens shall constitute failing performance for this test.  8.13 Water Drainage Test.  

Page 214: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

68  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.13.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all devices.  8.13.2 Samples.  8.13.2.1 Samples shall be complete devices.  8.13.2.2 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.13.3 Specimens.  8.13.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices.  8.13.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.13.4 Procedure.  8.13.4.1 Specimens shall be subjected to three water drainage tests.  8.13.4.1.1 The first test shall have the specimens positioned with the speaker oriented in the position it is intended to be worn, in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.  8.13.4.1.2 The second test shall have the specimens positioned with the speaker oriented horizontally and facing up.  8.13.4.1.3 A third test shall have the specimen positioned where the speaker is oriented in a position that will retain the greatest volume of water.  8.13.4.2 Water shall be introduced into all openings, indentations, and grilles of the specimens until water overflows from each such opening, indentation, and grille.  8.13.4.3 The filling method shall ensure that no air bubbles remain in any of the openings, indentations, and grilles.  8.13.4.4 The PESQ shall be measured and recorded starting at the 60 second +5/−0 seconds, mark to determine device’s pass or fail performance.  8.13.5 Report.  8.13.5.1 The PESQ Value measured after the Water Drainage Resistance Test shall be recorded and reported.  8.13.5.2 The functioning of the specimens as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 shall be recorded and reported. 

Page 215: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

69  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.13.6 Interpretation.  8.13.6.1 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.13.6.2 Failing performance of one or more specimens shall constitute failing performance for this test.  8.14 Durability Test.  8.14.1 Application. This test method shall apply to all devices.  8.14.2 Samples. Samples shall be complete devices.  8.14.2.1 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.2.  8.14.3 Specimens.  8.14.3.1 Specimens for testing shall be complete devices. Where the device is equipped with a retention device, the retention device shall be permitted to be removed prior to testing.  8.14.3.2 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.  8.14.3.4 Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.  8.14.4 Apparatus.  8.14.4.1 An environmental conditioning test chamber shall be capable of accepting complete specimen devices.  8.14.4.2 The environmental conditioning test chamber shall be capable of maintaining and continuously monitoring the required conditions throughout the envelope of air surrounding the complete devices.  8.14.4.3 A water dunk container capable of covering and maintaining the uppermost point of the specimen devices with a depth of 1 m ± 0.1 m (40 in. ± 4 in.), of de‐ionized water shall be used.  8.14.4.4 The water temperature in the water dunk container shall be 22°C ± 3°C (72°F ± 5°F). The water temperature shall not change more than 3°C (5°F) for the duration of the test.  8.14.4.5 A tumble test apparatus shall be as specified in Figure 8.14.4.5.  

Page 216: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

70  

REV. 1/22/2016     

FIGURE 8.14.4.5 Tumble Test Apparatus.  8.14.5 Procedure 1.   8.14.5.1 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 8.1.4.  8.14.5.2 The test specimen shall be removed following the conditioning specified in 8.14.5.2, and within 30 seconds the specimens shall be immersed in the water dunk container containing the de‐ionized water for 30 minutes, +5/−0 minutes.  8.14.5.2.1 The test specimens shall be removed from the water dunk container, wiped dry, and placed in the environmental conditioning test chamber that has been stabilized at as specified in 8.1.3 and maintained for a minimum of 4 hours.  8.14.5.2.2 Following the 4‐hour conditioning of the test specimen as specified in 8.1.3, the test specimen shall be removed from the environmental conditioning test chamber and within 30 seconds shall be re‐immersed in the water dunk container for 30 minutes, +5/−0 minutes.  8.14.5.8 The test specimens shall be removed from the water dunk container, wiped dry, and placed in the tumble test apparatus. Only one specimen shall be tested in the tumble test apparatus at a time. All specimens shall be unrestrained.  8.14.5.8.1 The tumble test apparatus shall be run at a speed of 15 rpm ± 1 rpm.  8.14.5.8.2 The test shall be run for 30 minutes, +5/−0 minutes.  8.14.5.8.3 Upon completion of the test duration, the specimens shall be immersed in the water dunk container for 30 minutes, +5/−0 minutes.  8.14.5.8.4 The test specimens shall be blown dry with clean compressed air or nitrogen until the free from all moisture. Evaluation of the three specimens shall begin within 5 minutes of completion of drying.  8.14.5.9 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.14.5.10 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7  to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance.  8.14.5.11 Specimens shall be operated according to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning for data logging as specified in 6.16 to determine pass or fail performance. 

Page 217: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

71  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.14.6 Procedure 2.  8.14.6.1 One test specimen shall be selected at random from the remaining specimens submitted for testing to this section.  8.14.6.2 The random specimen shall be re‐immersed in the water dunk container for 5 minutes. The power source compartment(s) shall be open, and the power source shall not be installed.  8.14.6.3 After the 5 minutes, +1/−0 minutes, the random specimen shall be removed from the water dunk container and shall be wiped dry.  8.14.6.4 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.14.6.5 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance.  8.14.6.6 Specimens shall be operated according to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning for data logging as specified in 6.16 to determine pass or fail performance.  8.14.7 Procedure 3.  8.14.7.1 The remaining test specimen shall be submitted for testing in accordance with Procedure 3.  8.14.7.2 The third random test specimen shall be activated and then immersed in the water dunk container for 5 minutes. After 5 minutes, +1/−0 minutes, the specimen shall be removed from the test water container and shall be wiped dry.  8.14.7.3 The PESQ measurement shall be conducted as specified in 8.2 to determine the pass or fail performance.   8.14.7.4 Following the PESQ measurement, the specimen shall be operated to the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in 6.2 thru 6.7 to determine the proper functioning to determine the pass or fail performance.  8.14.7.5 Specimens shall be operated according to the manufacturer’s instructions to determine the proper functioning for data logging as specified in 6.16 to determine pass or fail performance.  

Page 218: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

72  

REV. 1/22/2016     

8.14.7.6 The third random test specimen shall be deactivated and the power supply compartment(s) and external power supplies shall be opened and inspected for water leakage.  8.14.8 Reports for Procedures 1, 2, and 3.  8.14.8.1 The PESQ Value measured after Durability Test shall be recorded and reported.  8.14.8.2 Any water leakage into any electronic compartment(s) shall be recorded and reported.  8.14.8.3 In Procedure 3, any water leakage into any power supply compartment(s) or external power supply shall be recorded and reported.  8.14.9 Interpretation.  8.14.10 Pass or Fail performance shall be determined for each specimen.  8.14.11 Failing performance of one or more specimens shall constitute failing performance for this test.  8.15 TIA Transmit Power  Note: if the following are to be requirements, they have to be rewritten as “shall” statement. 

Carrier Output Power 2.2.1(Analog) – TIA‐603‐D 

RF  Power Output 2.2.1(Digital) – TIA‐102.CCAA‐D 

8.16 TIA Frequency Drift 

Carrier Frequency Stability 2.2.2(Analog) – TIA‐603‐D 

Operating Frequency Accuracy 2.2.2(Digital) – TIA‐102.CCAA‐D  

8.17 TIA Receiver Sensitivity 

Reference Sensitivity 2.1.4(Analog) – TIA‐603‐D 

Reference Sensitivity 2.1.4(Digital) – TIA‐102.CCAA‐D  

 

 

 

Page 219: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

73  

REV. 1/22/2016     

Annex A   Explanatory Material  A.1.3.4 Emergency response organizations are cautioned that accessories are not part of the certified product but could be attached to a certified product by means not engineered, manufactured, or authorized by the certified product manufacturer. Emergency response organizations are cautioned that if an accessory or its means of attachment causes the structural integrity of the certified product to be compromised, the certified product might not be compliant with the standard with which it was originally certified as compliant. Additionally, if an accessory or the accessory’s means of attachment are not designed and manufactured from suitable materials for the hazardous environments of emergency incidents, the failure of the accessory or means of attachment could cause injury to the emergency responder. Because the aftermarket for accessories is so broad, emergency response organizations are advised to contact both the accessory manufacturer and the manufacturer of the certified product and verify that the accessory and its means of attachment are suitable for use in the intended emergency response environment. Emergency response organizations should seek and receive written documentation from the accessory manufacturer to validate the following assurances:  (1) Accessories for a certified product and the means of attachment will not degrade the designed protection or performance of the certified product below the requirements of the standard to which it was designed, manufactured, tested, and certified.  (2) The accessory, when properly attached to the certified product, will not interfere with form, fit, or function of any of the certified product or with the form, fit, and function of any of the certified product’s component parts. Users are also cautioned that the means of attachment for accessories that fail to safely and securely attach the accessory to a certified product could allow the accessory to become inadvertently dislodged from the certified product, possibly posing a risk to emergency response personnel in the vicinity.  

A.3.2.1 Approved. The National Fire Protection Association does not approve, inspect, or certify any installations, procedures, equipment, or materials; nor does it approve or evaluate testing laboratories. In determining the acceptability of installations, procedures, equipment, or materials, the authority having jurisdiction may base acceptance on compliance with NFPA or other appropriate standards. In the absence of such standards, said authority may require evidence of proper installation, procedure, or use. The authority having jurisdiction may also refer to the listings or labeling practices of an organization that is concerned with product evaluations and is thus in a position to determine compliance with appropriate standards for the current production of listed items.  

Page 220: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

74  

REV. 1/22/2016     

A.3.2.2 Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The phrase “authority having jurisdiction,” or its acronym AHJ, is used in NFPA documents in a broad manner, since jurisdictions and approval agencies vary, as do their responsibilities. Where public safety is primary, the authority having jurisdiction may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department or individual such as a fire chief; fire marshal; chief of a fire prevention bureau, labor department, or health department; building official; electrical inspector; or others having statutory authority. For insurance purposes, an insurance inspection department, rating bureau, or other insurance company representative may be the authority having jurisdiction. In many circumstances, the property owner or his or her designated agent assumes the role of the authority having jurisdiction; at government installations, the commanding officer or departmental official may be the authority having jurisdiction. 

A.3.2.4 Listed. The means for identifying listed equipment may vary for each organization concerned with product evaluation; some organizations do not recognize equipment as listed unless it is also labeled. The authority having jurisdiction should utilize the system employed by the listing organization to identify a listed product.  A.3.3.42 Hazard Zone. These activities include but are not limited to fire suppression, hazardous materials mitigation and interior technical rescue.  

Page 221: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

75  

REV. 1/22/2016     

A.5.2.3 Information and materials regarding pre‐operational use (a user’s manual) provides the user with information about the operation of the portable voice communications device, its care and maintenance.  The organization of the user’s manual is not specified.   The following checklist can help assure that the supplied documentation addresses all requirements.  The column labeled “Page no. /Paragraph” should identify the page and paragraph number where the requirement in the column labeled “Description” is addressed.  This will ensure that all requirements have been met and manufacturers may provide the table to the certification organization with their user’s manual to assist with the verification of their compliance with the standard.  Including this checklist, or some form of it, as part of the user’s manual will also assist users in becoming familiar with the camera. 

A.6.4.1.7* Text to be provided.   A.6.5.5 This Annex text should explain the reasons why there is no section for deactivation.  A.6.5.6.4.1 The AHJ can select the protocol or protocols appropriate for operational/infrastructure requirements, as required.  AHJ selectable options for the mandatory function:  

a. Remain on selected channels, talk groups or talk paths for EID transmission. b. Channels, talk groups or talk paths revert to a pre‐programmed EID 

transmission channel, talk group or talk path.   After the radio transmits the radio ID the AHJ may select one of the following options: 

a. Remain on the selected channel, talk group or talk path. b. Revert to a pre‐programmed channels, talk groups or talk paths for 

transmission of voice traffic.  A.6.7.8 The AHJ may program this option button for various purposes as deeded fit.  The purpose of the button is to provide some additional functionality to the user who is in full turnout gear and in SCBA‐in such situations the device is worn by many first responders under the turnout coat or in a turnout pocket such that the controls and displays are not easily accessible.  The AHJ might use this option button to return the user to a default ‘home’ channel/talk group, or to step the RSM volume temporarily up or down, or for other similar uses.  A.6.8.2. Master and slave are well understood telecommunications terms. Master connotes that and electronic component controls the communications among a group of components by issuing ‘OK to send’ orders to a specific slave component, to avoid simultaneous transmissions from multiple slave components.  A slave component cannot transmit on its own without permission from the master component.   The 

Page 222: March 10-12, 2016 Dallas, TX AGENDA€¦ · • Chapter 8 – John Morris ... 2005, reaffirmed 2010. ANSI Y1.1, Abbreviations for Use on Drawings and Text, 1972. (Superseded by ASME

76  

REV. 1/22/2016     

master component will periodically poll each slave component in turn to determine if it has data traffic for the master or some other slave component. An established standard that uses master/slave polling for the cabled system that provides for polling etc., such as the Ethernet protocol IEEE 802.3.    A.6.13.1 An example of such a system is a P25 trunked system.  A.6.15.2 (1) RSM will be checked for continuity of connections to microphone and speaker, and for green, red, red/orange indicator continuity.  Additionally voice annunciation will ask for user to depress PTT momentarily, and emergency button momentarily, to verify operation of both of these vital controls.    A.6.15.2 (2) The test will verify that there is continuity between the antenna and the device’s transmitter output stage, and that a reasonable VSWR exists.  A disconnected antenna, or a damaged antenna resulting in a high VSWR will create a “failure of antenna” to be recorded and alarmed per 6.15.  A.6.15.2 (3) If the device’s sensors have any time in past recorded exposure to a temperature of 150 degrees C or above for 5 seconds or more, that event will be recorded in device memory and noted each time a self‐diagnostic test is performed.  If the unit has another incidence in time where it is exposed to extreme temperature, the self‐diagnostic test will state that via voice annunciation at the end of the self‐diagnostic test “radio has been exposed X times to extreme temperatures.”   The device will only track up to 10 incidents of such exposure, after that the annunciation will state “radio has been exposed over 10 times to extreme temperatures.”  A.6.16.1 (7) Annex text to be provided.